[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025139682A1 - Electronic device - Google Patents

Electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025139682A1
WO2025139682A1 PCT/CN2024/137160 CN2024137160W WO2025139682A1 WO 2025139682 A1 WO2025139682 A1 WO 2025139682A1 CN 2024137160 W CN2024137160 W CN 2024137160W WO 2025139682 A1 WO2025139682 A1 WO 2025139682A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
branch
switch
resonance
connection point
switch branch
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/137160
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙利滨
师传波
储嘉慧
王汉阳
袁伶华
王吉康
克瑞普科夫亚力山大
陈重
叶建波
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025139682A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025139682A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01QANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
    • H01Q1/00Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
    • H01Q1/36Structural form of radiating elements, e.g. cone, spiral, umbrella; Particular materials used therewith

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to an electronic device.
  • the frame is used as the antenna radiator in the existing terminal electronic devices.
  • the frame radiator is mainly used to form a linear polarization antenna.
  • the area where the antenna has better radiation characteristics for example, the gain of the antenna in this area is greater than or equal to AdBic, A is the minimum gain value that meets the communication requirements in the satellite communication system
  • the relative position of the electronic device and the satellite changes. For example, when a low-orbit satellite moves, the satellite may exceed the area where the antenna has good radiation characteristics. In this case, the user needs to change the holding posture or move so that the satellite is still in the area where the antenna has good radiation characteristics to maintain the satellite state or establish a connection with a new satellite. Otherwise, it will cause poor communication quality or even disconnection, which greatly affects the user's communication experience.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, which includes an antenna.
  • the working frequency band of the antenna includes a satellite communication frequency band.
  • the antenna uses at least a conductive part of a frame as a radiator.
  • the antenna can generate different maximum radiation directions to enhance the user's experience when performing satellite communication.
  • an electronic device comprising: a floor; a frame, the frame comprising a first position and a second position, the frame having a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap at the first position and the second position; an antenna, the antenna comprising: a radiator, the radiator comprising a conductive portion of the frame between the first position and the second position, at least a portion of the radiator being spaced apart from the floor; a feeding circuit, the radiator comprising a feeding point, the feeding circuit being coupled to the feeding point; a first switch branch, a second switch branch and a first switch, the radiator comprising a first connection point, the first switch branch, the second switch branch and the first switch being coupled and connected between the first connection point and the floor, the first connection port of the first switch being coupled to the first switch branch, the second connection port of the first switch being coupled to the The second switch branch is coupled; wherein the frame includes a first side and a second side intersecting at an angle, the first position and the second position
  • the first connection point can be coupled to the first switch branch or the second switch branch respectively through the first switch.
  • the antenna is still in the same working state (for example, working in the transmitting frequency band and/or receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band).
  • the coupling of the first connection point to the first switch branch or the second switch branch does not change the working frequency band of the antenna. Therefore, when the first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch or the second switch branch, the antenna can perform satellite communication.
  • the first resonance/second resonance is generated by the line DM mode described in the embodiment. Since the current generated by the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator, the current is mainly concentrated on the radiator, and the current on the floor has little effect on the antenna, making it easy to determine the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna.
  • the antenna based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the antenna is used to generate a first radiation pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern is a first direction; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the antenna is used to generate a second radiation pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different.
  • the antenna can have two directional patterns with different maximum radiation directions in the first frequency band.
  • the antenna can switch the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern generated by the antenna according to the communication status (for example, including relative position) between the communication satellite and the electronic device to switch the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna to ensure the communication quality between the communication satellite and the electronic device.
  • the electronic device has good communication characteristics within a range of a large angle (e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°) with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, such as the z direction).
  • a large angle e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°
  • the antenna has a wide beam characteristic, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 has good characteristics within a large angle, which effectively improves the user experience.
  • an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.
  • the width of the antenna radiation beam can be further widened, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (the angle with the top direction).
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch is smaller than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch, or, based on the fact that the first switch branch and the second switch branch are inductive, the equivalent inductance value of the first switch branch is smaller than the equivalent inductance value of the second switch branch, or, the first switch branch can be capacitive and the second switch branch can be inductive.
  • the first connection point is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on a second side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the directional pattern generated by the antenna is deflected toward the second side.
  • the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, the directional pattern generated by the antenna is deflected toward the first side. Therefore, if there is a larger angle between the first direction and the second direction, the width of the antenna radiation beam can be further widened, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).
  • the radiator includes a grounding point, the grounding point is coupled to the floor, and the grounding point is located between the feeding point and the first connection point.
  • the coupling amount between the floor and the radiator is increased, so that the current difference between the first switch branch or the second switch branch and the first connection point coupled floor is larger, thereby making the difference between the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions is increased), which can further widen the width of the antenna radiation beam, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).
  • the radiator based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a third resonance, and there is a first frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the third resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a fourth resonance, and there is a second frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance, and the second frequency difference is greater than the first frequency difference.
  • an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.
  • FIG. 9 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 10 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 13 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupling different switch branches) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • FIG. 25 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 , and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • FIG. 26 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 , and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • FIG. 27 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • FIG. 28 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • FIG. 29 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • FIG30 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG33 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .
  • FIG34 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .
  • FIG. 35 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupling different switch branches) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 31 .
  • FIG36 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .
  • FIG37 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .
  • FIG. 38 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 31 .
  • Coupling can be understood as direct coupling and/or indirect coupling, and "coupled connection” can be understood as direct coupling connection and/or indirect coupling connection.
  • Direct coupling can also be called “electrical connection”, which is understood as the physical contact and electrical conduction between components; it can also be understood as the connection between different components in the circuit structure through physical lines such as printed circuit board (PCB) copper foil or wires that can transmit electrical signals; "indirect coupling” can be understood as two conductors being electrically conductive in an airless/non-contact manner.
  • indirect coupling can also be called capacitive coupling, for example, signal transmission is achieved by coupling between the gaps between two conductive parts to form an equivalent capacitor.
  • Component/device includes at least one of lumped component/device and distributed component/device.
  • Lumped component/device refers to the collective name for all components when the size of the component is much smaller than the wavelength relative to the circuit operating frequency. For the signal, regardless of any time, the component characteristics always remain fixed and are independent of frequency.
  • Distributed components/devices Unlike lumped components, if the size of the component is similar to or larger than the wavelength relative to the circuit operating frequency, then when the signal passes through the component, the characteristics of each point of the component itself will vary due to changes in the signal. At this time, the component as a whole cannot be regarded as a single entity with fixed characteristics, but should be called a distributed component.
  • the electronic device 10 may include: a cover 13, a display screen/module (display) 15, a printed circuit board (PCB) 17, a middle frame (middle frame) 19 and a rear cover (rear cover) 21.
  • the cover 13 may be a glass cover, or may be replaced by a cover made of other materials, such as a PET (Polyethylene terephthalate) material cover.
  • the cover plate 13 may be disposed closely to the display module 15 , and may be mainly used to protect the display module 15 and prevent dust.
  • the display module 15 may include a liquid crystal display panel (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display panel or an organic light-emitting semiconductor (OLED) display panel, etc., but the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • LCD liquid crystal display panel
  • LED light emitting diode
  • OLED organic light-emitting semiconductor
  • a metal layer can be provided on the printed circuit board PCB17.
  • the metal layer can be used for grounding the electronic components carried on the printed circuit board PCB17, and can also be used for grounding other components, such as bracket antennas, frame antennas, etc.
  • the metal layer can be called a floor, or a grounding plate, or a grounding layer.
  • the metal layer can be formed by etching metal on the surface of any layer of the dielectric board in the PCB17.
  • the metal layer for grounding can be arranged on one side of the printed circuit board PCB17 close to the middle frame 19.
  • the edge of the printed circuit board PCB17 can be regarded as the edge of its grounding layer.
  • the metal middle frame 19 can also be used for grounding the above-mentioned components.
  • the electronic device 10 can also have other floors/grounding plates/grounding layers, as described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • a floor/grounding plate/grounding layer is usually provided in the internal space 0-2 mm away from the inner surface of the frame (for example, a printed circuit board, a middle frame, a metal layer of a screen, a battery, etc. can all be regarded as part of the floor).
  • a medium is filled between the frame and the floor, and the inner surface contour of the filling medium and the length and width of the rectangle enclosed by the medium can be simply regarded as the length and width of the floor; the length and width of the rectangle enclosed by the contour formed by superimposing all the conductive parts inside the frame can also be regarded as the length and width of the floor.
  • the electronic device 10 may further include a battery (not shown).
  • the battery may be disposed between the middle frame 19 and the back cover 21, or between the middle frame 19 and the display module 15, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the PCB 17 is divided into a main board and a sub-board, and the battery may be disposed between the main board and the sub-board, wherein the main board may be disposed between the middle frame 19 and the upper edge of the battery, and the sub-board may be disposed between the middle frame 19 and the lower edge of the battery.
  • the antenna radiator is arranged close to the non-conductive material of the frame 11, which means that the antenna radiator can be arranged close to the inner surface of the non-conductive material, or it can be embedded in the non-conductive material, or it can be arranged close to the inner surface of the non-conductive material, for example, there can be a certain small gap between the antenna radiator and the inner surface of the non-conductive material. It should be understood that both the conductive material and the non-conductive material can be regarded as part of the frame 11.
  • the insulating gap can be understood as a gap opened in the frame 11 filled with non-metallic material (insulating material). In this case, the gap is visible on the exterior surface.
  • the insulating gap can be understood as a gap formed between two sections of radiators on the inner surface of the frame 11.
  • Non-metallic material insulating material
  • Non-metallic material may be provided in the gap, or non-metallic material may not be provided, for example, it is filled with air. In this case, the gap is not visible on the exterior surface.
  • the frame 11 can at least partially serve as an antenna radiator to receive/transmit radio frequency signals. There can be a gap between this portion of the frame that serves as the radiator and other portions of the middle frame 19, thereby ensuring that the antenna radiator has a good radiation environment.
  • the middle frame 19 can be provided with an aperture at this portion of the frame that serves as the radiator to facilitate the radiation of the antenna.
  • the back cover 21 may be a back cover made of metal material; or a back cover made of non-conductive material, such as a glass back cover, a plastic back cover, or a back cover made of both conductive and non-conductive materials.
  • the back cover 21 made of conductive material may replace the middle frame 19 and be integrated with the frame 11 to support the electronic components in the whole device.
  • the middle frame 19 and/or the conductive parts in the back cover 21 can be used as the reference ground of the electronic device 10, wherein the frame 11, PCB 17, etc. of the electronic device can be grounded through electrical connection with the middle frame.
  • the antenna of the electronic device 10 can also be arranged in the housing, such as a bracket antenna, a millimeter wave antenna, etc. (not shown in FIG. 1 ).
  • the clearance of the antenna arranged in the housing can be obtained by the slits/openings on any one of the middle frame, and/or the frame, and/or the back cover, and/or the display screen, or by the non-conductive gap/aperture formed between any of them.
  • the clearance setting of the antenna can ensure the radiation characteristics of the antenna. It should be understood that the clearance of the antenna can be a non-conductive area formed by any conductive component in the electronic device 10, and the antenna radiates signals to the external space through the non-conductive area.
  • the antenna 40 can be in the form of an antenna based on a flexible printed circuit (FPC), an antenna based on laser direct structuring (LDS), or a microstrip disk antenna (MDA).
  • the antenna can also adopt a transparent structure embedded in the screen of the electronic device 10, so that the antenna is a transparent antenna unit embedded in the screen of the electronic device 10.
  • FIG. 1 schematically shows only some components of the electronic device 10 , and the actual shapes, sizes and structures of these components are not limited by FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a common mode of an antenna provided by the present application and the corresponding current and electric field distribution.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a differential mode of another antenna provided by the present application and the corresponding current and electric field distribution.
  • the antenna radiator in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 has open ends, and its common mode mode and differential mode can be respectively referred to as a line common mode mode and a line differential mode mode.
  • CM-DM mode refers to the line common mode mode and the line differential mode mode generated on the same radiator, or refers to the slot common mode mode and the slot differential mode mode generated on the same radiator, which can be specifically determined according to the structure of the antenna.
  • FIG. 2 shows that both ends of the radiator of the antenna 40 are open, and a feeding circuit (not shown) is connected at the middle position 41.
  • the feeding form of the antenna 40 adopts symmetrical feed.
  • the feeding circuit can be connected to the middle position 41 of the antenna 40 through a feeding line 42.
  • symmetrical feeding can be understood as one end of the feeding circuit is connected to the radiator and the other end is grounded, wherein the connection point between the feeding circuit and the radiator (feeding point) is located at the center of the radiator, and the center of the radiator can be, for example, the midpoint of the geometric structure, or the midpoint of the electrical length (or an area within a certain range near the above midpoint).
  • the middle position 41 of the antenna 40 may be, for example, the geometric center of the antenna, or the midpoint of the electrical length of the radiator.
  • the connection between the feed line 42 and the antenna 40 covers the middle position 41 .
  • FIG2 shows the current and electric field distribution of the antenna 40.
  • the current is distributed in opposite directions on both sides of the middle position 41, for example, symmetrically; the electric field is distributed in the same direction on both sides of the middle position 41.
  • the current at the feeder 42 is distributed in the same direction. Based on the same direction distribution of the current at the feeder 42, the feeding shown in (a) in FIG2 can be called line CM feeding.
  • the antenna mode shown in (b) in FIG2 can be called a line CM mode (it can also be referred to as a CM mode for short, for example, for a line antenna, the CM mode refers to a line CM mode).
  • the current and electric field shown in (b) in FIG2 can be respectively referred to as the current and electric field of the line CM mode.
  • the current is stronger at the middle position 41 of the antenna 40 (the current is stronger near the middle position 41 of the antenna 40), and weaker at both ends of the antenna 40, as shown in (b) of Figure 2.
  • the electric field is weaker at the middle position 41 of the antenna 40, and stronger at both ends of the antenna 40.
  • the left and right ends of the two radiators of the antenna 50 are open ends, and a feeding circuit is connected at the middle position 51.
  • the feeding form of the antenna 50 adopts anti-symmetrical feed.
  • One end of the feeding circuit is connected to one of the radiators through a feeding line 52, and the other end of the feeding circuit is connected to the other radiator through a feeding line 52.
  • the middle position 51 can be the geometric center of the antenna 50, or the gap formed between the radiators.
  • the "center antisymmetric feeding” mentioned in this application can be understood as that the positive and negative poles of the feeding unit are respectively connected to two connection points near the above-mentioned midpoint of the radiator.
  • the positive and negative poles of the feeding unit output signals with the same amplitude and opposite phases, for example, the phase difference is 180° ⁇ 10°.
  • FIG3 shows the current and electric field distribution of the antenna 50.
  • the current is distributed in the same direction on both sides of the middle position 51 of the antenna 50, for example, in an antisymmetric distribution; the electric field is distributed in opposite directions on both sides of the middle position 51.
  • the current at the feeder 52 is distributed in opposite directions. Based on the opposite distribution of the current at the feeder 52, the feeding shown in (a) in FIG3 can be called line DM feeding.
  • the antenna mode shown in (b) in FIG3 can be called a line DM mode (it can also be referred to as a DM mode for short, for example, for a linear antenna, the DM mode refers to a line DM mode).
  • the current and electric field shown in (b) in FIG3 can be respectively referred to as the current and electric field of the line DM mode.
  • the current is stronger at the middle position 51 of the antenna 50 (the current is stronger near the middle position 51 of the antenna 50), and weaker at both ends of the antenna 50, as shown in (b) of FIG3.
  • the electric field is weaker at the middle position 51 of the antenna 50, and stronger at both ends of the wire antenna 50.
  • two feeding points are set in the middle position of the radiator, and an anti-symmetric feeding method is adopted. For example, if two symmetrical feeding points on the radiator are fed with signals with the same amplitude and opposite phases, an effect similar to the antenna structure shown in FIG. 3 can also be obtained.
  • the resonant frequency band of the resonance generated by the radiator 210 can include the first frequency band.
  • the first frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1980 MHz-2010 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1610 MHz-1626.5 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 operates in a low-orbit satellite system (e.g., StarNet), and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1668 MHz-1675 MHz) therein.
  • a low-orbit satellite system e.g., StarNet
  • the second frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2170 MHz-2200 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2483.5 MHz-2500 MHz) therein.
  • the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (1518 MHz-1525 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 may further include a tuning circuit.
  • the tuning circuit is coupled to the radiator 210 and is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band, so that the antenna 200 can operate in the first frequency band and the second frequency band in different time slots.
  • the tuning circuit may include other switch branches coupled to the first connection point through the first switch 241. The switch branch is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band.
  • the tuning circuit may include a first switch branch 231 and a second switch branch 232, and the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the first frequency band.
  • Other switch branches may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the second frequency band.
  • the antenna 200 When the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 through the first switch 241, the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the first directional pattern is the first direction. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates the first directional pattern, and it can be considered that the radiator 210 and the first switch branch 231 are used to generate the first directional pattern.
  • the antenna 200 When the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 through the first switch 241, the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the second directional pattern is the second direction.
  • the antenna 200 generates the second directional pattern, and it can be considered that the radiator 210 and the second switch branch 232 are used to generate the second directional pattern.
  • the first direction and the second direction are different.
  • the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description.
  • the same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 either including the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the corresponding frequency band when the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232.
  • the first frequency band is a transmitting frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band (for example, the transmitting frequency band in the Tiantong satellite system, 1980MHz-2010MHz), and the antenna 200 can be coupled to the first switching branch 231 or the second switching branch 232 through the first connection point 211 to generate the first directional pattern or the second directional pattern to transmit a radio frequency signal to the communication satellite.
  • the antenna 200 can be coupled to the first switching branch 231 or the second switching branch 232 through the first connection point 211 to generate the first directional pattern or the second directional pattern to transmit a radio frequency signal to the communication satellite.
  • the second frequency band is a receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band (for example, the receiving frequency band in the Tiantong satellite system, 2170MHz-2200MHz), and the antenna 200 can be coupled to the first directional pattern or the second directional pattern generated by the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 through the first connection point 211 to receive the radio frequency signal sent by the communication satellite.
  • the antenna 200 can be coupled to the first directional pattern or the second directional pattern generated by the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 through the first connection point 211 to receive the radio frequency signal sent by the communication satellite.
  • the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the transmitting frequency band or the receiving frequency band of the satellite system in different time slots.
  • the antenna 200 can transmit a radio frequency signal to the communication satellite or receive a radio frequency signal sent by the communication satellite through the generated first directional pattern or the second directional pattern.
  • Antenna 200 can have two directional patterns with different maximum radiation directions in the first frequency band. Antenna 200 can switch the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern generated by antenna 200 according to the communication status (for example, including relative position) between the communication satellite and the electronic device 10 to switch the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by antenna 200 to ensure the communication quality between the communication satellite and the electronic device 10.
  • the communication status for example, including relative position
  • the electronic device 10 has good communication characteristics within a range of a large angle (e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°) with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction).
  • a large angle e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°
  • the antenna 200 has a wide beam characteristic, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 has good characteristics within a large angle, which effectively improves the user experience.
  • the first resonance/second resonance is generated by the line DM mode described in the above embodiment. Since the current generated by the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator 210, the current is mainly concentrated on the radiator 210, and the current on the floor 300 has little effect on the antenna 200, so it is easy to determine the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200.
  • both ends of the radiator 210 are open ends, and the radiator 210 can operate in a half-wavelength mode.
  • the electrical length of the radiator 210 is half of the first wavelength, and the first wavelength is the wavelength corresponding to the resonance generated by the radiator 210.
  • the wavelength corresponding to the resonance can be understood as the wavelength corresponding to the resonance point of the resonance, or the wavelength corresponding to the center frequency of the resonance frequency band. It should be understood that the above wavelengths are all vacuum wavelengths. Since there is a certain conversion relationship between the medium wavelength and the vacuum wavelength, the above vacuum wavelength can also be converted to the medium wavelength.
  • the transverse mode of the floor can be excited (accounting for more than the longitudinal mode), but the currents corresponding to the transverse modes on the floor will cancel each other out, so the system efficiency and radiation efficiency of the line CM mode are low.
  • the radiation of the antenna in the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator, and the system efficiency and radiation efficiency of the line DM mode are better than those of the line CM mode.
  • an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.
  • the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200 can be further widened, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 can be used to adjust the current distribution on the radiator 210 and the floor 300 .
  • the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, as shown in (a) and (b) in Figure 6.
  • the current e.g., current intensity, current density
  • the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the radiator 210 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the radiator 210 on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the current e.g., current intensity, current density
  • the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is smaller than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, as shown in (c) and (d) in FIG6 .
  • the current e.g., current intensity, current density
  • the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the radiator 210 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the radiator 210 on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the current e.g., current intensity, current density
  • the current on the floor 300 described in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the current near the edge of the floor 300 close to the radiator/parasitic branch, for example, the current within 30 mm from the edge.
  • the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 is deflected toward the second side.
  • the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis
  • the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 is deflected toward the first side.
  • the width of the antenna radiation beam can be further widened, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to different switch branches through the first switch 241 , so that the current distribution on the floor 300 can be adjusted, thereby deflecting the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 .
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be capacitive.
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 may both be less than or equal to 2 pF.
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 is smaller than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 .
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be inductive.
  • the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 may both be greater than or equal to 5 nH and less than or equal to 100 nH.
  • the first switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, and the first directional pattern is only at Phi In the range greater than 90° and less than 270°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0 dBi, as shown in FIG11 .
  • first side 131 in the embodiment of the present application may include a side extending in a straight line, and may also include a side extending in an arc line, and the second side 132 may be understood similarly.
  • the first side 131 may include a portion extending in a straight line and half of the portion extending in an arc line
  • the second side 132 may include a portion extending in a straight line and the other half of the portion extending in an arc line.
  • the extension direction of the first side 131 is the direction of the portion extending in a straight line.
  • the extension direction of the second side 132 is the direction of the portion extending in a straight line.
  • the third side 133 in the subsequent embodiments may also be understood accordingly.
  • the antenna 200 may further include a first parasitic stub 251 , a third switch branch 233 , a fourth switch branch 234 , and a second switch 242 .
  • the difference between the antenna 200 shown in FIG16 and the antenna 200 shown in FIG7 is only the first parasitic stub 251.
  • the first parasitic stub 251 is not provided.
  • the conductive portion between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204 serves as the first parasitic stub 251.
  • the parasitic branch 251 is set, or the parasitic branch 251 is not set, or multiple parasitic branches are set as will be described in subsequent embodiments
  • the devices set in the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different
  • the equivalent device values of the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different
  • the specific form of the first switch branch 231 can be selected according to the target directional diagram; similarly, one or more parasitic branches can be set, and the specific form of the second switch branch 232 can also be selected according to the target directional diagram.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, for example, the common port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the first connection port of the second switch 242, the third switch branch 233 is coupled to the second connection point 212, and the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern.
  • the antenna 200 generates the first directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200.
  • One or more electronic devices are used to connect the radiator/parasitic branch to the ground through the electronic device at the corresponding connection point;
  • the fourth switch branch 234 can be used to prevent the first parasitic stub 251 from affecting the second directivity pattern.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 may not include electronic components, and the fourth switch branch 234 may directly electrically connect the second connection point 212 to the floor 300.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 may include electronic components, which may make the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic branch 251 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).
  • the first parasitic branch 251 does not affect the second directional pattern in various ways (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the floor 300 branch). It can also be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate the second directional pattern together with the radiator 210. This is because when the first parasitic branch 251 is switched to couple other switch branches, the second directional pattern will change accordingly.
  • the first parasitic branch 251 can be used to make the difference between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions increases, for example, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 15°), which can further widen the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics in a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).
  • the difference between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern mentioned in the present application is larger, which can be understood as the complementarity between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern is stronger.
  • the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description.
  • the same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the first frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the first frequency band when the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232, and the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 or the fourth switch branch 234.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and the first parasitic branch 251 is located on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • first parasitic branch 251 can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the first parasitic branch 251), and the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.
  • the first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis, and the feed point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and one of the following conditions must be met:
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be capacitive.
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 may both be less than or equal to 2 pF.
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232.
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be inductive.
  • the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 may both be greater than or equal to 5 nH and less than or equal to 100 nH.
  • the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232.
  • the first switch branch 231 may be capacitive, and the second switch branch 232 may be inductive.
  • the first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis and the feeding point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis for illustration.
  • the positions of the first connection point 211 and the feeding point 221 can be adjusted.
  • the first connection point 211 is located on the second side of the virtual axis
  • the feeding point 221 is located on the first side of the virtual axis. It is only necessary to adjust the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 according to the above rules.
  • the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis can also be greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the first parasitic branch 251 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).
  • the first parasitic branch 251 can be of any structure, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the frame 11 can have an insulating gap at the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and the first parasitic branch 251 can be a dipole-like antenna structure.
  • the frame 11 can have an insulating gap between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and the first parasitic branch 251 can be an antenna structure composed of multiple branches. For the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only one end of the first parasitic branch 251 is explained as an open end and the other end is a grounded end.
  • the frame 11 is coupled to the floor 300 at the third position 203 and a third insulating gap is opened at the fourth position 204, as shown in Figure 17.
  • the third position 203 is located between the fourth position 204 and the second position 202.
  • the first position 201, the second position 202, the third position 203 and the fourth position 204 are arranged on the frame 11 in sequence.
  • the fourth position 204 may also be located between the third position 203 and the second position 202.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit this and will not be described one by one.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, the feeding circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a first main resonance, the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate a first parasitic resonance, and the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned first resonance (because the frequency difference between the resonance point of the first parasitic resonance and the resonance point of the first main resonance is small, in the S parameter diagram, the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance are merged into one resonance).
  • the resonance point of the first parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the first main resonance.
  • the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the first main resonance is less than or equal to 100 MHz. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the first main resonance is less than or equal to 50 MHz. In one embodiment, the resonance point frequency of the first parasitic resonance can be less than the resonance point frequency of the first main resonance.
  • the coupling between the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251 is weak, and the first parasitic resonance cannot be well excited. Therefore, the pit corresponding to the first parasitic resonance does not appear clearly in the S parameter diagram.
  • the efficiency curve for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency.
  • the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1.5dB. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1dB.
  • one end of the first parasitic branch 251 is an open end and the other end is a ground end, and the first parasitic branch 251 can work in a quarter wavelength mode.
  • the electrical length of the first parasitic branch 251 is one quarter of the third wavelength, and the third wavelength is the wavelength corresponding to the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic branch 251. In one embodiment, the third wavelength is greater than the first wavelength.
  • the distance between the first parasitic stub 251 and the radiator 210 in the third direction is less than half the length of the second side 132.
  • the third direction is the extension direction of the second side 132, for example, the top direction (z direction).
  • first parasitic branch 251 may be located at a side of the midpoint of the second side 132 close to the first side 131 , so that the first parasitic branch 251 may be better excited and the antenna 200 may have better radiation characteristics.
  • the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 may also serve as a parasitic stub, as shown in FIG. 18 .
  • the parasitic branch (the parasitic branch formed by the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202) is used to improve the radiation characteristics (for example, improve efficiency) of the antenna 200.
  • the parasitic branch can also be used to increase the coupling amount between the first parasitic branch 251 and the radiator 210 to better excite the first parasitic branch 251.
  • the parasitic branch can also be used to reduce the voltage of the second switch 242 so that the second switch 242 will not be broken down due to excessive voltage.
  • the parts of the antenna 200 shown in Figures 17 and 18 that are similar to the antenna 200 shown in Figure 7 are not repeated one by one.
  • the similar parts include: the position of the radiator 210, the frequency band of satellite communication; the resonance generated by the coupling of the radiator 210 with the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 at the first connection point 211; the current distribution of the floor 300 coupled with the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 at the first connection point 211; the value range of the equivalent device of the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232; the position of the feeding point 221; the position of the grounding point 222; the position of the first connection point 211; and the like.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the frame 11 further includes a third side 133 intersecting the first side 131 at an angle.
  • the first side 131 or the third side 133 further includes a fifth position 205, and the third side 133 further includes a sixth position 206.
  • the antenna 200 may further include a second parasitic stub 252 , a fifth switch branch 235 , a sixth switch branch 236 , and a third switch 243 .
  • the second parasitic branch 252 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206. At least a portion of the second parasitic branch 252 is spaced apart from the floor 300.
  • the second parasitic branch 252 includes a third connection point 213.
  • the fifth switch branch 235, the sixth switch branch 236 and the third switch 243 are coupled and connected between the third connection point 213 and the floor 300.
  • the first connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235.
  • the second connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236.
  • the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.
  • the difference between the antenna 200 shown in FIG19 and the antenna 200 shown in FIG16 is only the second parasitic branch 252.
  • the second parasitic branch 252 is not provided, and only the first parasitic branch 251 is included.
  • both the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 are included.
  • the components provided in the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different, the equivalent component values of the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different, and the specific form of the first switch branch 231 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern; similarly, whether the second parasitic branch 252 is provided or not, the specific form of the second switch branch 232, the third switch branch 233, or the fourth switch branch 234 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, for example, the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the second connection port of the third switch 243.
  • the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211
  • the third switch branch 233 is coupled to the second connection point 212
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236, and the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern.
  • the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 251, the first switch branch 231, the third switch branch 233 and the sixth switch branch 236 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, for example, the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the first connection port of the third switch 243.
  • the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern.
  • the second directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 can be considered as the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the second switch branch 232, the fourth switch branch 234 and the fifth switch branch 235 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200.
  • each of the fifth switch branch 235 and the sixth switch branch 236 may also include one of the following three situations:
  • One or more electronic devices are used to connect the radiator/parasitic branch to the ground through the electronic device at the corresponding connection point;
  • the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 251, the first switch branch 231, the third switch branch 233 and the sixth switch branch 236 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200”; and “the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the second switch branch 232, the fourth switch branch 234 and the fifth switch branch 235 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200”.
  • corresponding understanding can also be made.
  • the sixth switch branch 236 can be used to prevent the second parasitic stub 252 from affecting the first directional pattern.
  • the sixth switch branch 236 may not include electronic components, and the sixth switch branch 236 can directly electrically connect the third connection point 213 to the floor 300.
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the floor 300, which is equivalent to not setting the second parasitic stub 252.
  • the sixth switch branch 236 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the second parasitic stub 252 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).
  • the second parasitic branch 252 does not affect the first directional pattern in various ways (for example, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the floor 300 branch). It can also be understood that the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate the second directional pattern together with the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251. This is because when the second parasitic branch 252 is switched to couple other switch branches, the second directional pattern will change accordingly.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 can be used to prevent the first parasitic stub 251 from affecting the second directional pattern.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 may not include electronic components, and the fourth switch branch 234 can directly electrically connect the second connection point 212 to the floor 300.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic stub 251 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).
  • the first parasitic branch 251 does not affect the second directivity pattern in various ways (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the branch of the floor 300 ). It can also be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate the second directivity pattern together with the radiator 210 and the second parasitic branch 252 .
  • first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be used to make the difference between the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions is increased, for example, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 20°), which can further widen the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angles with the top direction).
  • the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description.
  • the same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the first frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the first frequency band when the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232, the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 or the fourth switch branch 234, and the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 or the sixth switch branch 236.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 via the third switch 243
  • the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band
  • the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the first parasitic branch 251 can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the first pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the first parasitic branch 251).
  • the second parasitic branch 252 can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the second pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the second parasitic branch 252).
  • the bandwidth of the radiation beam can be widened, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.
  • the first connection point 211 is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point 221 is located on a second side of the virtual axis.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, or the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and one of the following conditions must be met:
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be capacitive.
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 may both be less than or equal to 2 pF.
  • the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232.
  • the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be inductive.
  • the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 may both be greater than or equal to 5 nH and less than or equal to 100 nH.
  • the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232.
  • the first switch branch 231 may be capacitive, and the second switch branch 232 may be inductive.
  • first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis and the feeding point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis for illustration.
  • the positions of the first connection point 211 and the feeding point 221 can be adjusted.
  • the first connection point 211 is located on the second side of the virtual axis
  • the feeding point 221 is located on the first side of the virtual axis. It is only necessary to adjust the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 according to the above rules.
  • the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis can be greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis can be less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243
  • the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band
  • the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the first parasitic branch 251 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 23
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 via the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the second parasitic branch 252 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).
  • the bandwidth of the radiation beam can be better broadened, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.
  • the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be of any structure, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the frame 11 can have an insulating gap at the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap at the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be a dipole-like antenna structure.
  • the frame 11 can have an insulating gap between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be an antenna structure composed of multiple branches.
  • Figures 22 to 24 are simulation results of the antenna 200 in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 20.
  • Figure 22 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233).
  • Figure 23 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235).
  • Figure 24 is the simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupled with different switch branches).
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235, so that the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz and near 1.8 GHz.
  • the resonance near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the second resonance in the above embodiment, and the resonance near 1.8 GHz may correspond to the fourth resonance in the above embodiment.
  • antennas whose connection points are connected to different switch branches all have good radiation efficiency.
  • the antenna compared with the case where the first parasitic branch or the second parasitic branch is not provided, the antenna generates a pit near 2.19 GHz, which may correspond to the first parasitic resonance or the second parasitic resonance in the above embodiment, and the radiation efficiency decreases by about 0.4 dB.
  • Figures 25 to 29 are directional diagrams of the antenna 200 at 2.2 GHz in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 20.
  • Figure 25 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233).
  • Figure 26 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233).
  • Figure 27 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235).
  • Figure 28 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235).
  • Figure 29 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram.
  • first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the antenna 200 can generate the first directional pattern in the above embodiment.
  • the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235, and the antenna 200 can generate the second directional pattern in the above embodiment.
  • the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern generated by the antenna have a gain greater than or equal to 0 dBi within the range of Theta ( ⁇ ) less than 25°, and the antenna has good radiation characteristics.
  • the first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch, and the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch.
  • Theta ( ⁇ ) greater than 25° and less than 70°
  • the first directional pattern is only in Phi
  • the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in Figure 25.
  • the first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch
  • the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch
  • the radiator, the first parasitic branch, and the second parasitic branch are used to generate a first radiation pattern of the antenna.
  • the first parasitic branch can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the first parasitic branch), as shown in FIG26.
  • the first connection point is coupled to the second switch branch
  • the third connection point is coupled to the fifth switch branch, and within the range of Theta ( ⁇ ) greater than 25° and less than 70°, the second directional pattern is only at Phi In the range of greater than 0° and less than 120° and greater than 240° and less than 360°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in FIG27 .
  • the first connection point is coupled with the second switch branch
  • the third connection point is coupled with the fifth switch branch
  • the radiator, the first parasitic branch, and the second parasitic branch are used to generate the second radiation pattern of the antenna.
  • the second parasitic branch can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the second parasitic branch), as shown in FIG28.
  • the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern are superimposed (synthesized), and the antenna has good radiation characteristics within the range of Theta ( ⁇ ) less than 70°, as shown in Figure 29.
  • the communication satellite moves within this angle range (within 70° of the top direction), it is still located in the area where the antenna in the electronic device 10 has good radiation characteristics, and the electronic device 10 and the communication satellite can still have good communication characteristics.
  • FIG30 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a frame 11 , an antenna 200 , and a floor 300 .
  • the frame 11 includes a first side 131, and a second side 132 and a third side 133 that intersect the first side 131 at an angle.
  • the length of the first side 131 is less than the length of the second side 132, and less than the length of the third side 133.
  • the first side 131 includes a first position 201 and a second position 202.
  • the first side 131 or the second side 132 also includes a third position 203.
  • the second side 132 includes a fourth position 204.
  • the first side 131 or the third side 133 also includes a fifth position 205.
  • the third side 133 includes a sixth position 206.
  • the frame 11 has a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap in the first position 201 and the second position 202.
  • the antenna 200 includes a radiator 210 , a feeding circuit 220 , a first parasitic stub 251 , a second parasitic stub 252 , a third switch branch 233 , a fourth switch branch 234 , a fifth switch branch 235 , a sixth switch branch 236 , a second switch 242 , and a third switch 243 .
  • the radiator 210 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the first position 201 and the second position 202. At least a portion of the radiator 210 is spaced apart from the floor 300.
  • the first parasitic branch 251 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204.
  • the second parasitic branch 252 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206. At least a portion of the first parasitic branch 251 is spaced apart from the floor 300. At least a portion of the second parasitic branch 252 is spaced apart from the floor 300.
  • the radiator 210 includes a feeding point 221 , and the feeding circuit 220 is coupled to the feeding point 221 to feed an electrical signal into the antenna 200 .
  • the first parasitic branch 251 includes a second connection point 212.
  • the third switch branch 233, the fourth switch branch 234, and the second switch 242 are coupled and connected between the second connection point 212 and the floor 300.
  • the first connection port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233.
  • the second connection port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234.
  • the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.
  • the second parasitic branch 252 includes a third connection point 213.
  • the fifth switch branch 235, the sixth switch branch 236 and the third switch 243 are coupled and connected between the third connection point 213 and the floor 300.
  • the first connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235.
  • the second connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236.
  • the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.
  • the radiator 210 is used to generate a first resonance, and the resonance frequency band of the first resonance includes a first frequency band, which is at least a part of the satellite communication frequency band.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern.
  • the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, and the second parasitic branch 252 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243.
  • the common port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the second connection port of the second switch 242
  • the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the first connection port of the third switch 243.
  • the radiator 210 is used to generate a second resonance, and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance includes the first frequency band.
  • the operating frequency band of the antenna 200 may include a transmitting frequency band and a receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band.
  • the feed circuit 220 is used to transmit a radio frequency signal of a first frequency band and a radio frequency signal of a second frequency band.
  • the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance in the above embodiment include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.
  • the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance in the above embodiment include a second frequency band, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.
  • the first frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1980 MHz-2010 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1610 MHz-1626.5 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 operates in a low-orbit satellite system (e.g., StarNet), and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1668 MHz-1675 MHz) therein.
  • a low-orbit satellite system e.g., StarNet
  • the second frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2170 MHz-2200 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2483.5 MHz-2500 MHz) therein.
  • the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (1518 MHz-1525 MHz) therein.
  • the antenna 200 may further include a tuning circuit.
  • the tuning circuit is coupled to the radiator 210 and is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the antenna 200 can operate in the first frequency band and the second frequency band in different time slots.
  • the tuning circuit may include other switch branches coupled to the first connection point through the first switch 241. The switch branch is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band.
  • the tuning circuit may include a first switch branch 231 and a second switch branch 232, and the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the first frequency band.
  • Other switch branches may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the second frequency band.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, and the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern.
  • the second directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 can be considered as the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, and the second parasitic branch 252 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200.
  • At least one of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 enables the antenna 200 to generate a first directional pattern through corresponding devices in the switch branch disposed thereon; at least another of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 enables the antenna 200 to generate a second directional pattern through corresponding devices in the switch branch disposed thereon.
  • the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the third switch branch 233 and the sixth switch branch 236 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200”; and “the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the fourth switch branch 234 and the fifth switch branch 235 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200”.
  • corresponding understanding can also be made.
  • the sixth switch branch 236 can be used to prevent the second parasitic stub 252 from affecting the first directional pattern.
  • the sixth switch branch 236 may not include electronic components, and the sixth switch branch 236 can directly electrically connect the third connection point 213 to the floor 300.
  • the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the floor 300, which is equivalent to not setting the second parasitic stub 252.
  • the sixth switch branch 236 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the second parasitic stub 252 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).
  • the second parasitic branch 252 does not affect the first directivity pattern in various ways (for example, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the branch of the floor 300). It can also be understood that the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate the second directivity pattern together with the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 can be used to prevent the first parasitic stub 251 from affecting the second directional pattern.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 may not include electronic components, and the fourth switch branch 234 can directly electrically connect the second connection point 212 to the floor 300.
  • the fourth switch branch 234 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic stub 251 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).
  • the first parasitic branch 251 does not affect the second directivity pattern in various ways (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the branch of the floor 300 ). It can also be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate the second directivity pattern together with the radiator 210 and the second parasitic branch 252 .
  • the maximum radiator direction of the first directional pattern is a first direction
  • the maximum radiator direction of the second directional pattern is a second direction
  • the first direction and the second direction are different.
  • the first direction is deflected toward the side where the first parasitic branch 251 is located.
  • the second open state compared with setting the second parasitic branch 252 (for example, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fourth switch branch), the second direction is deflected toward the side where the second parasitic branch 252 is located.
  • the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 in the first switch state and the second switch state can be deflected to the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction) on both sides (the side where the first parasitic branch 251 is located and the side where the second parasitic branch 252 is located), and the antenna 200 can switch the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 according to the communication status (for example, including the relative position) between the communication satellite and the electronic device 10, so as to switch the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200, and ensure the communication quality with the communication satellite.
  • the communication status for example, including the relative position
  • the electronic device 10 has good communication characteristics within a range of a large angle (e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°) with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction).
  • a large angle e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°
  • the antenna 200 has a wide beam characteristic, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 has good characteristics within a large angle, which effectively improves the user experience.
  • the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description.
  • the same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the first frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the first frequency band when the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 or the fourth switch branch 234, and the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 or the sixth switch branch 236.
  • the antenna 200 shown in Fig. 30 differs from the antenna 200 shown in Fig. 19 only in the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232 and the first switch 241. In the antenna 200 shown in Fig. 16, the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232 and the first switch 241 are not provided.
  • switches and switch branches are set on the radiator 210, or whether switches and switch branches are not set on the radiator 210, the devices set in the third switch branch 233 set on the first parasitic branch 251 can be the same or different, the equivalent device values of the third switch branch 233 can be the same or different, and the specific form of the third switch branch 233 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern; similarly, whether switches and switch branches are set on the radiator 210, the specific form of the fourth switch branch 234 set on the first parasitic branch 251, the fifth switch branch 235 set on the second parasitic branch 252, or the sixth switch branch 236 set on the second parasitic branch 252 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern.
  • the first switch 241 is used to switch the switch branch coupled to the first connection point 211 in different switching states, adjust the current distribution on the floor 300 on both sides of the virtual axis, and deflect the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 in different switching states.
  • the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 and the top direction can be further adjusted by the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252, so that the angle is further increased.
  • the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a range of a larger angle with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction).
  • the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232 and the first switch 241 are not provided, and only the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 are used to adjust the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 in different switching states, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a range of a larger angle with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction).
  • the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be of any structure, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the frame 11 can have an insulating gap at the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap at the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be a dipole-like antenna structure.
  • the frame 11 can have an insulating gap between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be an antenna structure composed of multiple branches.
  • the frame 11 is coupled with the floor 300 at the third position 203 and has a third insulating gap at the fourth position 204.
  • the frame 11 is coupled with the floor 300 at the third position 203.
  • the frame 11 has a fourth insulating gap at the sixth position 206, as shown in FIG. 31 .
  • an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.
  • the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200 can be further widened, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).
  • the radiator 210 may not include a ground point.
  • the first resonance/second resonance is generated by the line DM mode described in the above embodiment. Since the current generated by the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator 210, the current is mainly concentrated on the radiator 210, and multiple current modes are not generated on the floor 300, it is easy to determine the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200. At the same time, for the line DM mode, the radiation of the antenna in the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator, and the system efficiency and radiation efficiency of the line DM mode are better than those of the line CM mode.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the first parasitic branch 251 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the second parasitic branch 252 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).
  • the bandwidth of the radiation beam can be better broadened, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.
  • the third position 203 is located between the fourth position 204 and the second position 202.
  • the fifth position 205 is located between the sixth position 206 and the first position 201.
  • the fourth position 204 may also be located between the third position 203 and the second position 202, and the sixth position 206 may be located between the fifth position 205 and the first position 201.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit this and will not be described one by one.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, the feed circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a first main resonance, and the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate a first parasitic resonance.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, the feed circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a second main resonance, and the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate a second parasitic resonance.
  • the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned first resonance
  • the second main resonance and the second parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned second resonance (due to the small frequency difference between the resonance point of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point of the main resonance, in the S parameter diagram, the main resonance and the parasitic resonance are merged into one resonance).
  • the resonance point of the parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the main resonance.
  • the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the main resonance is less than or equal to 100 MHz.
  • the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the main resonance is less than or equal to 50 MHz.
  • the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance may be less than the resonance point frequency of the main resonance.
  • the coupling between the radiator 210 and the parasitic branch (the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252) is weak, and the parasitic resonance cannot be well excited. Therefore, the pit corresponding to the parasitic resonance does not appear clearly in the S parameter diagram.
  • the efficiency curve for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency.
  • the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1.5dB. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1dB.
  • the resonance point frequency of the first resonance (first main resonance) and the resonance point frequency of the second resonance (second main resonance) are substantially the same. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency (first main resonance) and the resonance point frequency of the second resonance (second main resonance) is less than or equal to 50 MHz.
  • the distance between the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252 and the radiator 210 in the third direction is less than half of the length of the second side 132 (or the third side 133).
  • the third direction is the extension direction of the second side 132 (or the third side 133), for example, the top direction (z direction).
  • first parasitic branch 251 can be located at the midpoint of the second side 132 on the side close to the first side 131
  • the second parasitic branch 252 can be located at the midpoint of the third side 133 on the side close to the first side 131, so that the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be better excited, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics.
  • the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 and/or the conductor portion between the first position 201 and the fifth position 205 may also serve as parasitic stubs, as shown in FIG. 32 .
  • the parasitic branch (the parasitic branch formed by the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 and/or the conductor portion between the first position 201 and the fifth position 205) is used to improve the radiation characteristics of the antenna 200 (for example, to improve efficiency).
  • the parasitic branch can also be used to increase the coupling amount between the first parasitic branch 251 (and/or the second parasitic branch 252) and the radiator 210 to better excite the first parasitic branch 251 (and/or the second parasitic branch 252).
  • the parasitic branch can also be used to reduce the voltage of the second switch 242 (and/or the third switch 243) so that the second switch 242 (and/or the third switch 243) will not be broken down due to excessive voltage.
  • Figures 33 to 35 are simulation results of the antenna 200 in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 31.
  • Figure 33 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236).
  • Figure 34 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235).
  • Figure 35 is the simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupled with different switch branches).
  • the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch through the second switch, and the third connection point is coupled to the sixth switch branch through the third switch, and the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz.
  • the resonance generated near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the first resonance in the above embodiment.
  • the second connection point is coupled to the fourth switch branch through the second switch
  • the third connection point is coupled to the fifth switch branch through the third switch
  • the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz.
  • the resonance generated near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the second resonance in the above embodiment.
  • the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the second resonance are substantially the same.
  • antennas whose connection points are connected to different switch branches all have good radiation efficiency.
  • the antenna in the first switching state and the second switching state, the antenna generates a pit near 2.1 GHz, which may correspond to the first parasitic resonance or the second parasitic resonance in the above embodiment, and the radiation efficiency decreases by about 0.5 dB.
  • Figures 36 to 38 are directional diagrams of the antenna 200 at 2.2 GHz in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 31.
  • Figure 36 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236).
  • Figure 37 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235).
  • Figure 38 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram.
  • connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236, and the antenna 200 can generate the first directional pattern in the above embodiment.
  • the second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235, and the antenna 200 can generate the second directional pattern in the above embodiment.
  • the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern generated by the antenna have a gain greater than or equal to 0 dBi within the range of Theta ( ⁇ ) less than 40°, and the antenna has good radiation characteristics.
  • the first directional pattern is only In the range greater than 90° and less than 270°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in Figure 36.
  • the second directional pattern is only In the range of greater than 0° and less than 90° and greater than 270° and less than 360°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in Figure 37.
  • the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern are superimposed (synthesized), and the antenna has good radiation characteristics within the range of Theta ( ⁇ ) less than 70°, as shown in FIG38.
  • the communication satellite moves within this angle range (within 70° of the top direction), it is still located in the area where the antenna in the electronic device 10 has good radiation characteristics, and the electronic device 10 and the communication satellite can still have good communication characteristics.

Landscapes

  • Variable-Direction Aerials And Aerial Arrays (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application is an electronic device. The electronic device comprises an antenna, wherein an operating frequency band of the antenna comprises a satellite communication frequency band; the antenna uses a conductive portion of a frame as a radiator; and the antenna can generate different maximum radiation directions, so as to improve the experience of a user during satellite communication.

Description

一种电子设备An electronic device

本申请要求于2023年12月27日提交俄罗斯专利局、申请号为2023135528、申请名称为“一种电子设备”的俄罗斯专利申请,以及2024年1月31日提交俄罗斯专利局、申请号为2024102459、申请名称为“一种电子设备”的俄罗斯专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Russian patent application filed with the Russian Patent Office on December 27, 2023, with application number 2023135528 and application name “An electronic device”, and the Russian patent application filed with the Russian Patent Office on January 31, 2024, with application number 2024102459 and application name “An electronic device”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种电子设备。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to an electronic device.

背景技术Background Art

目前现有的终端电子设备中利用边框作为天线辐射体,例如在卫星通信系统中,边框辐射体主要用于形成线极化天线。在用户进行卫星通信时,需要将天线具有较好辐射特性的区域(例如,天线在该区域内的增益大于或等于AdBic,A为该卫星通信系统中满足通信需求的最小增益值)指向卫星,以实现对星(与卫星建立通信连接)。At present, the frame is used as the antenna radiator in the existing terminal electronic devices. For example, in the satellite communication system, the frame radiator is mainly used to form a linear polarization antenna. When the user performs satellite communication, the area where the antenna has better radiation characteristics (for example, the gain of the antenna in this area is greater than or equal to AdBic, A is the minimum gain value that meets the communication requirements in the satellite communication system) needs to be pointed to the satellite to achieve satellite alignment (establishing a communication connection with the satellite).

但是,在进行卫星通信时,电子设备与卫星的相对位置发生变化,例如,低轨卫星移动,卫星可能会超出天线具有较好辐射特性的区域。在这种情况下,需要用户改变握持姿势或进行移动以使卫星仍处于天线具有较好辐射特性的区域以保持对星状态或与新的卫星建立连接,否则会造成通信质量差甚至掉线的问题,极大影响了用户的通信体验。However, during satellite communications, the relative position of the electronic device and the satellite changes. For example, when a low-orbit satellite moves, the satellite may exceed the area where the antenna has good radiation characteristics. In this case, the user needs to change the holding posture or move so that the satellite is still in the area where the antenna has good radiation characteristics to maintain the satellite state or establish a connection with a new satellite. Otherwise, it will cause poor communication quality or even disconnection, which greatly affects the user's communication experience.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种电子设备,该电子设备包括天线。该天线的工作频段包括卫星通信频段。该天线至少由边框的导电部分作为辐射体。该天线可以产生不同的最大辐射方向,以提升用户进行卫星通信时的体验。The present application provides an electronic device, which includes an antenna. The working frequency band of the antenna includes a satellite communication frequency band. The antenna uses at least a conductive part of a frame as a radiator. The antenna can generate different maximum radiation directions to enhance the user's experience when performing satellite communication.

第一方面,提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括:地板;边框,所述边框包括第一位置和第二位置,所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置开设第一绝缘缝隙和第二绝缘缝隙;天线,所述天线包括:辐射体,所述辐射体包括所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间的导电部分,所述辐射体的至少部分与所述地板间隔设置;馈电电路,所述辐射体包括馈电点,所述馈电电路与所述馈电点耦合;第一开关支路、第二开关支路和第一开关,所述辐射体包括第一连接点,所述第一开关支路、所述第二开关支路和所述第一开关耦合连接于所述第一连接点和所述地板之间,所述第一开关的第一连接端口与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述第一开关的第二连接端口与所述第二开关支路耦合;其中,所述边框包括呈角相交的第一边和第二边,所述第一位置和所述第二位置位于所述第一边,所述第一边的长度小于所述第二边的长度;所述馈电点和所述第一连接点分别位于所述辐射体的虚拟轴线的两侧,所述虚拟轴线两侧的辐射体长度相同;基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第一谐振;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第二谐振,其中,所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段,所述第一频段为卫星通信频段中的发射频段,或者,所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段,所述第二频段为卫星通信频段中的接收频段。In a first aspect, an electronic device is provided, the electronic device comprising: a floor; a frame, the frame comprising a first position and a second position, the frame having a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap at the first position and the second position; an antenna, the antenna comprising: a radiator, the radiator comprising a conductive portion of the frame between the first position and the second position, at least a portion of the radiator being spaced apart from the floor; a feeding circuit, the radiator comprising a feeding point, the feeding circuit being coupled to the feeding point; a first switch branch, a second switch branch and a first switch, the radiator comprising a first connection point, the first switch branch, the second switch branch and the first switch being coupled and connected between the first connection point and the floor, the first connection port of the first switch being coupled to the first switch branch, the second connection port of the first switch being coupled to the The second switch branch is coupled; wherein the frame includes a first side and a second side intersecting at an angle, the first position and the second position are located on the first side, and the length of the first side is less than the length of the second side; the feeding point and the first connection point are respectively located on both sides of the virtual axis of the radiator, and the lengths of the radiators on both sides of the virtual axis are the same; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a first resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a second resonance, wherein the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band is a transmitting frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band, or the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a second frequency band, and the second frequency band is a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.

根据本申请实施例,通过第一开关可以使第一连接点分别耦合至第一开关支路或第二开关支路,在这种情况下,天线仍处于同一工作状态(例如,工作于卫星通信频段中的发射频段和/或接收频段)。第一连接点耦合至第一开关支路或第二开关支路并不会改变天线的工作频段。因此,第一连接点耦合至第一开关支路或第二开关支路,天线均可以进行卫星通信。According to an embodiment of the present application, the first connection point can be coupled to the first switch branch or the second switch branch respectively through the first switch. In this case, the antenna is still in the same working state (for example, working in the transmitting frequency band and/or receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band). The coupling of the first connection point to the first switch branch or the second switch branch does not change the working frequency band of the antenna. Therefore, when the first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch or the second switch branch, the antenna can perform satellite communication.

同时,第一谐振/第二谐振由实施例中所述的线DM模式产生。由于线DM模式产生的电流主要由辐射体产生,电流主要集中在辐射体上,地板上的电流对天线的影响较小,容易确定天线产生的方向图的最大辐射方向。At the same time, the first resonance/second resonance is generated by the line DM mode described in the embodiment. Since the current generated by the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator, the current is mainly concentrated on the radiator, and the current on the floor has little effect on the antenna, making it easy to determine the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第一方向图,所述第一方向图的最大辐射方向为第一方向;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第二方向图,所述第二方向图的最大辐射方向为第二方向,所述第一方向和所述第二方向不同。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the antenna is used to generate a first radiation pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern is a first direction; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the antenna is used to generate a second radiation pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different.

根据本申请实施例,天线可以在第一频段具有两个最大辐射方向不同的方向图,天线可以根据通信卫星与电子设备的通信状况(例如,包括相对位置)切换天线产生的第一方向图和第二方向图,以切换天线产生的方向图的最大辐射方向,保证和通信卫星之间的通信质量。According to an embodiment of the present application, the antenna can have two directional patterns with different maximum radiation directions in the first frequency band. The antenna can switch the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern generated by the antenna according to the communication status (for example, including relative position) between the communication satellite and the electronic device to switch the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna to ensure the communication quality between the communication satellite and the electronic device.

因此,电子设备在与顶部方向(由电子设备底部指向顶部的方向,例如,z方向)呈较大的角度(例如,50°,60°,或,70°)的范围内均具有良好的通信特性。例如,当用户进行卫星通信时,天线具有宽波束的特性,天线200产生的方向图在较大的角度内均具有良好的特性,有效提升了用户体验。Therefore, the electronic device has good communication characteristics within a range of a large angle (e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°) with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, such as the z direction). For example, when the user performs satellite communication, the antenna has a wide beam characteristic, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 has good characteristics within a large angle, which effectively improves the user experience.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一方向和所述第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于10°,且小于或等于90°。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.

根据本申请实施例,当第一方向图的最大辐射方向和第二方向图的最大辐射方向朝顶部方向两侧偏移(第一方向和第二方向之间具有更大的角度),则可以进一步展宽天线辐射波束的宽度,使天线在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。According to an embodiment of the present application, when the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern are offset toward both sides of the top direction (there is a larger angle between the first direction and the second direction), the width of the antenna radiation beam can be further widened, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (the angle with the top direction).

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一开关支路、所述第二开关支路呈容性时,所述第一开关支路的等效电容值小于所述第二开关支路的等效电容值,或,基于所述第一开关支路、所述第二开关支路呈感性时,所述第一开关支路的等效电感值小于所述第二开关支路的等效电感值,或,所述第一开关支路可以呈容性,所述第二开关支路可以呈感性。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, based on the fact that the first switch branch and the second switch branch are capacitive, the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch is smaller than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch, or, based on the fact that the first switch branch and the second switch branch are inductive, the equivalent inductance value of the first switch branch is smaller than the equivalent inductance value of the second switch branch, or, the first switch branch can be capacitive and the second switch branch can be inductive.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一连接点位于所述虚拟轴线的第一侧,所述馈电点位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧;基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流小于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the first connection point is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on a second side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis.

根据本申请实施例,当虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,天线产生的方向图朝向第二侧偏转。当虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,天线产生的方向图朝向第一侧偏转。因此,第一方向和第二方向之间具有更大的角度,则可以进一步展宽天线辐射波束的宽度,使天线在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。According to an embodiment of the present application, when the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, the directional pattern generated by the antenna is deflected toward the second side. When the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, the directional pattern generated by the antenna is deflected toward the first side. Therefore, if there is a larger angle between the first direction and the second direction, the width of the antenna radiation beam can be further widened, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述辐射体包括接地点,所述接地点与所述地板耦合,所述接地点位于所述馈电点和所述第一连接点之间。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the radiator includes a grounding point, the grounding point is coupled to the floor, and the grounding point is located between the feeding point and the first connection point.

根据本申请实施例,由于辐射体在接地点与地板耦合,地板与辐射体之间的耦合量增加,从而使第一开关支路或第二开关之路与第一连接点耦合地板上的电流差异更大,从而使第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大(例如,最大辐射方向之间所呈角度增加),可以进一步展宽天线辐射波束的宽度,使天线在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。According to the embodiment of the present application, since the radiator is coupled to the floor at the grounding point, the coupling amount between the floor and the radiator is increased, so that the current difference between the first switch branch or the second switch branch and the first connection point coupled floor is larger, thereby making the difference between the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions is increased), which can further widen the width of the antenna radiation beam, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第三谐振,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第三谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第一频率差;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第四谐振,所述第二谐振的谐振点频率和所述第四谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第二频率差,所述第二频率差大于所述第一频率差。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a third resonance, and there is a first frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the third resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a fourth resonance, and there is a second frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance, and the second frequency difference is greater than the first frequency difference.

根据本申请实施例,当辐射体在接地点处与地板耦合,辐射体在第一连接点耦合不同的开关支路,可以由线模式产生第三谐振和第四谐振。第一开关支路和第二开关支路还可以用于调整由线CM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率与线模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差。According to the embodiment of the present application, when the radiator is coupled to the floor at the grounding point, the radiator is coupled to different switch branches at the first connection point, and the third resonance and the fourth resonance can be generated by the line mode. The first switch branch and the second switch branch can also be used to adjust the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line CM mode and the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line mode.

当第二开关支路与第一连接点耦合,相较于第一开关支路与第一连接点耦合,由线CM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率与线DM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差增大,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流减弱,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流增强。当第一开关支路与第一连接点耦合,相较于第二开关支路与第一连接点耦合,由线CM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率与线DM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差减小,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流增强,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流减弱。When the second switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line CM mode and the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line DM mode increases compared to when the first switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is weakened, and the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis is strengthened. When the first switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line CM mode and the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line DM mode decreases compared to when the second switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is strengthened, and the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis is weakened.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第三谐振,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第三谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第一频率差;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第四谐振,所述第二谐振的谐振点频率和所述第四谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第二频率差,所述第二频率差与所述第一频率差之间的差值大于或等于100MHz。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a third resonance, and there is a first frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the third resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a fourth resonance, and there is a second frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance, and the difference between the second frequency difference and the first frequency difference is greater than or equal to 100 MHz.

根据本申请实施例,当第一频率差与第二频率差之间的差值在上述范围内时,天线具有较宽的波束宽度,使天线在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。According to an embodiment of the present application, when the difference between the first frequency difference and the second frequency difference is within the above range, the antenna has a wider beam width, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一边或所述第二边包括第三位置,所述第二边包括第四位置;所述天线还包括:寄生枝节,所述寄生枝节包括所述边框在所述第三位置和所述第四位置之间的导电部分,所述寄生枝节的至少部分与所述地板间隔设置;第三开关支路、第四开关支路和第二开关,所述寄生枝节包括第二连接点,所述第三开关支路和所述第二开关耦合连接于所述第二连接点和所述地板之间,所述第二开关的第一连接端口与所述第三开关支路耦合,所述第二开关的第二连接端口与所述第四开关支路耦合;其中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第一方向图,所述第一方向图的最大辐射方向为第一方向;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第二方向图,所述第二方向图的最大辐射方向为第二方向,所述第一方向和所述第二方向不同。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first side or the second side includes a third position, and the second side includes a fourth position; the antenna further includes: a parasitic branch, the parasitic branch includes a conductive portion of the frame between the third position and the fourth position, and at least a portion of the parasitic branch is spaced apart from the floor; a third switch branch, a fourth switch branch, and a second switch, the parasitic branch includes a second connection point, the third switch branch and the second switch are coupled and connected between the second connection point and the floor, the first connection port of the second switch is coupled to the third switch branch, and the second connection port of the second switch is coupled to the fourth switch branch; wherein, based on the coupling of the first connection point to the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point to the third branch, the antenna is used to generate a first directional pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the first directional pattern is a first direction; based on the coupling of the first connection point to the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point to the fourth branch, the antenna is used to generate a second directional pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the second directional pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different.

根据本申请实施例,第一寄生枝节可以用于使第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大(例如,最大辐射方向之间所呈角度增加,例如,第一方向和第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于15°),可以进一步展宽天线辐射波束的宽度,使天线在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。According to an embodiment of the present application, the first parasitic branch can be used to make the difference between the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern greater (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions is increased, for example, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 15°), which can further widen the width of the antenna radiation beam, so that the antenna has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述边框在第三位置与所述地板耦合,所述边框在所述第四位置开设第三绝缘缝隙。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the frame is coupled to the floor at a third position, and the frame defines a third insulating gap at the fourth position.

根据本申请实施例,第一寄生枝节可以呈任意结构,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first parasitic branch may have any structure, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三位置位于所述第四位置和所述第二位置之间。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the third position is located between the fourth position and the second position.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,所述寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,所述寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, and the parasitic branch is located on the second side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, and the parasitic branch is located on the second side of the virtual axis.

根据本申请实施例,当第一连接点与第一开关支路耦合,第二连接点通过第二开关耦合至第三开关支路,辐射体、第一寄生枝节路用于产生天线的第一方向图。According to an embodiment of the present application, when the first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch, the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch through the second switch, and the radiator and the first parasitic branch are used to generate a first radiation pattern of the antenna.

在一个实施例中,当第一连接点与第二开关支路耦合,第二连接点通过第二开关耦合至第四开关支路,例如,第二开关的公共端口与第二开关的第二连接端口耦合,第三开关支路与第二连接点耦合,辐射体、第一寄生枝节用于产生天线的第二方向图。In one embodiment, when the first connection point is coupled to the second switch branch, the second connection point is coupled to the fourth switch branch through the second switch, for example, the common port of the second switch is coupled to the second connection port of the second switch, and the third switch branch is coupled to the second connection point, the radiator and the first parasitic branch are used to generate a second radiation pattern of the antenna.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体和所述寄生枝节上的电流同向。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, based on the first connection point being coupled to the first switch branch and the second connection point being coupled to the third branch, the currents on the radiator and the parasitic branch are in the same direction.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生主谐振,所述寄生枝节用于产生寄生谐振,所述寄生谐振位于所述主谐振的谐振频段内,所述主谐振和所述寄生谐振共同形成所述第一谐振。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the radiator is used to generate a main resonance, the parasitic branch is used to generate a parasitic resonance, the parasitic resonance is located within the resonant frequency band of the main resonance, and the main resonance and the parasitic resonance together form the first resonance.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线在第一频点产生效率凹坑,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第一频点频率之间的频差小于或等于100MHz。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna produces an efficiency pit at a first frequency point, and the frequency difference between the resonant point frequency of the first resonance and the first frequency point frequency is less than or equal to 100 MHz.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz的范围内,或者,所述第二频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz中的范围内。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz, or the second frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz.

根据本申请实施例,当辐射体设置于电子设备的顶边或底边时,第一谐振的谐振频段包括1.5GHz至4.5GHz内的至少部分频段,天线可以具有较好的辐射特性(例如,辐射效率,带宽,等等)。According to an embodiment of the present application, when the radiator is arranged on the top or bottom edge of the electronic device, the resonant frequency band of the first resonance includes at least part of the frequency band within 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz, and the antenna can have better radiation characteristics (for example, radiation efficiency, bandwidth, etc.).

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述馈电电路用于传输所述第一频段的射频信号和所述第二频段的射频信号。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the feeding circuit is used to transmit radio frequency signals in the first frequency band and radio frequency signals in the second frequency band.

第二方面,提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括:地板;边框,所述边框包括第一边、以及与所述第一边呈角相交的第二边和第三边,所述第一边的长度小于所述第二边的长度以及所述第三边的长度,所述第一边包括第一位置、第二位置,所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置开设第一绝缘缝隙和第二绝缘缝隙,所述第一边或所述第二边包括第三位置,所述第二边包括第四位置,所述第一边或所述第三边包括第五位置,所述第三边包括第六位置,所述边框在所述第三位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,在所述第四位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,在所述第五位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,且在所述第六位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙;天线,所述天线包括:辐射体、第一寄生枝节和第二寄生枝节,所述辐射体包括所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间的导电部分,所述第一寄生枝节包括所述边框在所述第三位置和所述第四位置之间的导电部分,所述第二寄生枝节包括所述边框在所述第五位置和所述第六位置之间的导电部分,所述辐射体的至少部分、所述第一寄生枝节的至少部分、所述第二寄生枝节的至少部分与所述地板间隔设置;馈电电路,所述辐射体包括馈电点,所述馈电电路与所述馈电点耦合;第一开关支路、第二开关支路和第一开关,所述第一寄生枝节包括第一连接点,所述第一开关支路和所述第一开关耦合连接于所述第一连接点和所述地板之间,所述第一开关的第一连接端口与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述第一开关的第二连接端口与所述第二开关支路耦合;第三开关支路、第四开关支路和第二开关,所述第二寄生枝节包括第二连接点,所述第二开关支路和所述第二开关耦合连接于所述第二连接点和所述地板之间,所述第二开关的第一连接端口与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述第二开关的第二连接端口与所述第四开关支路耦合;其中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第一谐振;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第二谐振;其中,所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段,所述第一频段为卫星通信频段中的发射频段,或者;所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段,所述第二频段为卫星通信频段中的接收频段。In a second aspect, an electronic device is provided, the electronic device comprising: a floor; a frame, the frame comprising a first side, and a second side and a third side intersecting the first side at an angle, the length of the first side being less than the length of the second side and the length of the third side, the first side comprising a first position and a second position, the frame having a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap at the first position and the second position, the first side or the second side comprising a third position, the second side comprising a fourth position, the first side or the third side comprising a fifth position, the third side comprising a sixth position, the frame being coupled to the floor at the third position or having an insulating gap, and being coupled to the floor at the fourth position The antenna comprises: a radiator, a first parasitic branch and a second parasitic branch, the radiator comprises a conductive portion of the frame between the first position and the second position, the first parasitic branch comprises a conductive portion of the frame between the third position and the fourth position, the second parasitic branch comprises a conductive portion of the frame between the fifth position and the sixth position, at least part of the radiator, at least part of the first parasitic branch, and at least part of the second parasitic branch are spaced from the floor; a feeding circuit, The radiator includes a feeding point, the feeding circuit is coupled to the feeding point; a first switch branch, a second switch branch and a first switch, the first parasitic branch includes a first connection point, the first switch branch and the first switch are coupled and connected between the first connection point and the floor, a first connection port of the first switch is coupled to the first switch branch, and a second connection port of the first switch is coupled to the second switch branch; a third switch branch, a fourth switch branch and a second switch, the second parasitic branch includes a second connection point, the second switch branch and the second switch are coupled and connected between the second connection point and the floor, and the first connection port of the second switch is coupled to the second switch branch. The second connection port of the second switch is coupled with the fourth switch branch; wherein, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the radiator is used to generate a first resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the radiator is used to generate a second resonance; wherein the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band is a transmitting frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band, or; the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a second frequency band, and the second frequency band is a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第一方向图,所述第一方向图的最大辐射体方向为第一方向;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第二方向图,所述第二方向图的最大辐射体方向为第二方向,所述第一方向和所述第二方向不同。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the antenna is used to generate a first radiation pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the first radiation pattern is a first direction; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna is used to generate a second radiation pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the second radiation pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一方向和所述第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于10°,且小于或等于90°。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述辐射体上的电流和所述第一寄生枝节上的电流同向;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体上的电流和所述第二寄生枝节上的电流同向。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the current on the radiator and the current on the first parasitic branch are in the same direction; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the current on the radiator and the current on the second parasitic branch are in the same direction.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述边框在所述第一位置、所述第二位置、所述第四位置和所述第六位置分别具有第一绝缘缝隙、第二绝缘缝隙、第三绝缘缝隙和第四绝缘缝隙,所述边框在所述第三位置和所述第五位置与所述地板耦合。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the frame has a first insulating gap, a second insulating gap, a third insulating gap and a fourth insulating gap at the first position, the second position, the fourth position and the sixth position, respectively, and the frame is coupled to the floor at the third position and the fifth position.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三位置位于所述第四位置和所述第二位置之间,所述第五位置位于所述第六位置和第一位置之间。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the third position is located between the fourth position and the second position, and the fifth position is located between the sixth position and the first position.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述天线还包括:第五开关支路、第六开关支路和第三开关;其中,所述辐射体包括第三连接点,所述第五开关支路、所述第六开关支路和所述第三开关耦合连接于所述第三连接点和所述地板之间,所述第三开关的第一连接端口与所述第五开关支路耦合,所述第三开关的第二连接端口与所述第六开关支路耦合;所述馈电点和所述第三连接点分别位于所述辐射体的虚拟轴线的两侧,所述虚拟轴线两侧的辐射体长度相同;基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第五开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生所述第一谐振;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第六开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生所述第二谐振。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the antenna further includes: a fifth switch branch, a sixth switch branch and a third switch; wherein the radiator includes a third connection point, the fifth switch branch, the sixth switch branch and the third switch are coupled and connected between the third connection point and the floor, the first connection port of the third switch is coupled with the fifth switch branch, and the second connection port of the third switch is coupled with the sixth switch branch; the feeding point and the third connection point are respectively located on both sides of a virtual axis of the radiator, and the lengths of the radiators on both sides of the virtual axis are the same; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, and the coupling of the third connection point with the fifth switch branch, the radiator is used to generate the first resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, and the coupling of the third connection point with the sixth switch branch, the radiator is used to generate the second resonance.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第五开关支路、所述第六开关支路呈容性时,所述第五开关支路的等效电容值小于所述第六开关支路的等效电容值,或,基于所述第五开关支路、所述第六开关支路呈感性时,所述第五开关支路的等效电感值小于所述第六开关支路的等效电感值,或,所述第一开关支路可以呈容性,所述第二开关支路可以呈感性。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, based on the fact that the fifth switch branch and the sixth switch branch are capacitive, the equivalent capacitance value of the fifth switch branch is smaller than the equivalent capacitance value of the sixth switch branch, or, based on the fact that the fifth switch branch and the sixth switch branch are inductive, the equivalent inductance value of the fifth switch branch is smaller than the equivalent inductance value of the sixth switch branch, or, the first switch branch can be capacitive and the second switch branch can be inductive.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三连接点位于所述虚拟轴线的第一侧,所述馈电点位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧;基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第五开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,所述第一寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧,所述第二寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第一侧;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第六开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流小于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the third connection point is located on the first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on the second side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, and the coupling of the third connection point with the fifth switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, the first parasitic branch is located on the second side of the virtual axis, and the second parasitic branch is located on the first side of the virtual axis; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, and the coupling of the third connection point with the sixth switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第一主谐振,所述第一寄生枝节用于产生第一寄生谐振,所述第一寄生谐振位于所述第一主谐振的谐振频段内,所述第一主谐振和所述第一寄生谐振共同形成所述第一谐振;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第二主谐振,所述第二寄生枝节用于产生第二寄生谐振,所述第二寄生谐振位于所述第二主谐振的谐振频段内,所述第二主谐振和所述第二寄生谐振共同形成所述第二谐振。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the radiator is used to generate a first main resonance, the first parasitic branch is used to generate a first parasitic resonance, the first parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the first main resonance, and the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance jointly form the first resonance; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the radiator is used to generate a second main resonance, the second parasitic branch is used to generate a second parasitic resonance, the second parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the second main resonance, and the second main resonance and the second parasitic resonance jointly form the second resonance.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述天线在第一频点产生效率凹坑,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第一频点频率之间的频差小于或等于100MHz;基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线在第二频点产生效率凹坑,所述第二谐振的谐振点频率和所述第二频点频率之间的频差小于或等于100MHz。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the antenna generates an efficiency pit at a first frequency point, and the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the first frequency point frequency is less than or equal to 100 MHz; based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna generates an efficiency pit at a second frequency point, and the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the second frequency point frequency is less than or equal to 100 MHz.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz中的范围内,或者,所述第二频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz中的范围内。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz, or the second frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述馈电电路用于传输所述第一频段的射频信号和所述第二频段的射频信号。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the feeding circuit is used to transmit radio frequency signals in the first frequency band and radio frequency signals in the second frequency band.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图2是本申请提供的一种天线的共模模式的结构及对应的电流、电场的分布示意图。FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a common mode of an antenna provided in the present application and the corresponding current and electric field distribution.

图3是本申请提供的一种天线的差模模式的结构及对应的电流、电场的分布示意图。FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a differential mode of an antenna provided in the present application and the corresponding current and electric field distribution.

图4是本申请实施例提供的一种卫星通信的使用场景示意图。FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a satellite communication usage scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图6是图5所示的电子设备10中天线200的电流分布示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of current distribution of the antenna 200 in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 5 .

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图8是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合)的S参数。FIG. 8 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图9是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)的S参数。FIG. 9 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图10是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)的辐射效率的仿真结果。FIG. 10 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图11是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合)产生的二维方向图。FIG. 11 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图12是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合)产生的三维方向图。FIG. 12 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图13是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)产生的二维方向图。FIG. 13 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图14是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)产生的三维方向图。FIG. 14 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图15是图7所示的电子设备10中第一方向图和第二方向图叠加形成的方向图。FIG. 15 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 7 .

图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图17是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图18是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图19是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图20是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图21是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图22是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合)的S参数。FIG. 22 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 , and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图23是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合)的S参数。FIG. 23 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图24是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(连接点耦合不同开关支路)的辐射效率的仿真结果。FIG. 24 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupling different switch branches) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图25是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合)产生的二维方向图。FIG. 25 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 , and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图26是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合)产生的三维方向图。FIG. 26 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 , and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图27是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合)产生的二维方向图。FIG. 27 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图28是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200(第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合)产生的三维方向图。FIG. 28 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图29是图20所示的电子设备10中第一方向图和第二方向图叠加形成的方向图。FIG. 29 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 20 .

图30是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG30 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图31是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG31 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图32是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

图33是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合、第三连接点213与第六开关支路236耦合)的S参数。FIG33 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .

图34是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合、第三连接点213与第五开关支路235耦合)的S参数。FIG34 shows S parameters of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .

图35是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200(连接点耦合不同开关支路)的辐射效率的仿真结果。FIG. 35 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupling different switch branches) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 31 .

图36是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合、第三连接点213与第六开关支路236耦合)产生的方向图。FIG36 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .

图37是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200(第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合、第三连接点213与第五开关支路235耦合)产生的方向图。FIG37 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 , and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 ) in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG31 .

图38是图31所示的电子设备10中第一方向图和第二方向图叠加形成的方向图。FIG. 38 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 31 .

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

以下,对本申请实施例可能出现的术语进行解释。The following explains the terms that may appear in the embodiments of the present application.

应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的相同的字段,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" used in this article is only a description of the same field of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.

本申请使用的“在...范围内”,除单独指出了不包含端值的情况下,默认包含该范围的两端端值,例如在1至5范围内,包含1和5两个数值。When used in this application, “within the range of…”, unless it is separately specified that an end value is not included, it is assumed that both end values of the range are included. For example, in the range of 1 to 5, the two values 1 and 5 are included.

耦合:可理解为直接耦合和/或间接耦合,“耦合连接”可理解为直接耦合连接和/或间接耦合连接。直接耦合又可以称为“电连接”,理解为元器件物理接触并电导通;也可理解为线路构造中不同元器件之间通过印制电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)铜箔或导线等可传输电信号的实体线路进行连接的形式;“间接耦合”可理解为两个导体通过隔空/不接触的方式电导通。在一个实施例中,间接耦合也可以称为电容耦合,例如通过两个导电件间隔的间隙之间的耦合形成等效电容来实现信号传输。Coupling: can be understood as direct coupling and/or indirect coupling, and "coupled connection" can be understood as direct coupling connection and/or indirect coupling connection. Direct coupling can also be called "electrical connection", which is understood as the physical contact and electrical conduction between components; it can also be understood as the connection between different components in the circuit structure through physical lines such as printed circuit board (PCB) copper foil or wires that can transmit electrical signals; "indirect coupling" can be understood as two conductors being electrically conductive in an airless/non-contact manner. In one embodiment, indirect coupling can also be called capacitive coupling, for example, signal transmission is achieved by coupling between the gaps between two conductive parts to form an equivalent capacitor.

元件/器件:包括集总元件/器件,分布元件/器件中的至少一个。Component/device: includes at least one of lumped component/device and distributed component/device.

集总元件/器件:指元件大小远小于电路工作频率相对之波长时,对所有元件之统称。对于信号而言,不论任何时刻,元件特性始终保持固定,与频率无关。Lumped component/device: refers to the collective name for all components when the size of the component is much smaller than the wavelength relative to the circuit operating frequency. For the signal, regardless of any time, the component characteristics always remain fixed and are independent of frequency.

分布元件/器件:与集总元件不同地,若元件大小与电路工作频率相对之波长差不多或更大的时候,则当信号通过元件之时,元件本身各点之特性将因信号之变化而有所不同,则此时不能将元件整体视为一特性固定之单一体,而应称为分布元件。Distributed components/devices: Unlike lumped components, if the size of the component is similar to or larger than the wavelength relative to the circuit operating frequency, then when the signal passes through the component, the characteristics of each point of the component itself will vary due to changes in the signal. At this time, the component as a whole cannot be regarded as a single entity with fixed characteristics, but should be called a distributed component.

电容:可理解为集总电容和/或分布电容。集总电容指的是呈容性的元器件,例如电容元件;分布电容(或分布式电容)指的是两个导电件间隔一定间隙而形成的等效电容。Capacitance: It can be understood as lumped capacitance and/or distributed capacitance. Lumped capacitance refers to capacitive components, such as capacitors; distributed capacitance (or distributed capacitance) refers to the equivalent capacitance formed by two conductive parts separated by a certain gap.

电感:可理解为集总电感和/或分布电感。集总电感指的是呈感性的元器件,例如电感元件;分布电感(或分布式电感)指的是通过一定长度的导电件而形成的等效电感。Inductance: It can be understood as lumped inductance and/or distributed inductance. Lumped inductance refers to inductive components, such as inductors; distributed inductance (or distributed inductance) refers to the equivalent inductance formed by a certain length of conductive parts.

辐射体:是天线中用于接收/发送电磁波辐射的装置。在某些情况下,狭义来理解“天线”即为辐射体,其将来自发射机的导波能量较变为无线电波,或者将无线电波转换为导波能量,用来辐射和接收无线电波。发射机所产生的已调制的高频电流能量(或导波能量)经馈电线传输到发射辐射体,通过辐射体将其转换为某种极化的电磁波能量,并向所需方向辐射出去。接收辐射体将来自空间特定方向的某种极化的电磁波能量又转换为已调制的高频电流能量,经馈电线输送到接收机输入端。Radiator: It is a device in the antenna used to receive/send electromagnetic wave radiation. In some cases, the "antenna" in a narrow sense is understood as a radiator, which converts the waveguide energy from the transmitter into radio waves, or converts radio waves into waveguide energy, which is used to radiate and receive radio waves. The modulated high-frequency current energy (or waveguide energy) generated by the transmitter is transmitted to the transmitting radiator via the feeder line, and is converted into a certain polarized electromagnetic wave energy by the radiator and radiated in the desired direction. The receiving radiator converts a certain polarized electromagnetic wave energy from a specific direction in space into modulated high-frequency current energy, which is transmitted to the receiver input via the feeder line.

辐射体可以包括具有特定形状和尺寸的导体,例如线状、或片状等,本申请不限定具体的形状。在一个实施例中,线状辐射体可以简称为线天线。在一个实施例中,线状辐射体可以由导电边框实现,又可以称作为边框天线。在一个实施例中,线状辐射体可以由支架导体实现,又可以称作为支架天线。在一个实施例中,线状辐射体,或线天线的辐射体的线径(例如,包括厚度和宽度)远比波长(例如,介质波长)小(例如,小于波长的1/16),长度可与波长(例如,介质波长)相比(例如,长度为波长的1/8附近,或1/8至1/4,或1/4至1/2,或更长)。线天线的主要形式有偶极子天线、半波振子天线、单极子天线、环天线、倒F天线(又称IFA,Inverted F Antenna)。例如,对于偶极子天线而言,每个偶极子天线通常包括两个辐射枝节,每个枝节由馈电部从辐射枝节的馈电端进行馈电。例如,倒F天线(Inverted-F Antenna,IFA)可以看作是由单极子天线增加一个接地路径得到。IFA天线具有一个馈电点和一个接地点,由于其侧视图为倒F形,所以被称为倒F天线。在一个实施例中,片状辐射体可以包括微带天线,或贴片(patch)天线,例如平面倒F天线(又称PIFA,Planar Inverted F Antenna)。在一个实施例中,片状辐射体可以由平面状导体(例如导电片或导电涂层等)实现。在一个实施例中,片状辐射体可以包括导电片,例如铜片等。在一个实施例中,片状辐射体可以包括导电涂层,例如银浆等。片状辐射体的形状包括圆形、矩形、环形等,本申请不限定具体的形状。微带天线的结构一般由介质基板、辐射体及地板构成,其中介质基板设置于辐射体与地板之间。The radiator may include a conductor with a specific shape and size, such as a linear or sheet shape, etc., and the present application does not limit the specific shape. In one embodiment, the linear radiator may be referred to as a linear antenna. In one embodiment, the linear radiator may be implemented by a conductive frame, and may also be referred to as a frame antenna. In one embodiment, the linear radiator may be implemented by a bracket conductor, and may also be referred to as a bracket antenna. In one embodiment, the linear radiator, or the radiator of the linear antenna, has a wire diameter (e.g., including thickness and width) much smaller than the wavelength (e.g., the dielectric wavelength) (e.g., less than 1/16 of the wavelength), and the length may be comparable to the wavelength (e.g., the dielectric wavelength) (e.g., the length is about 1/8 of the wavelength, or 1/8 to 1/4, or 1/4 to 1/2, or longer). The main forms of linear antennas are dipole antennas, half-wave oscillator antennas, monopole antennas, loop antennas, and inverted F antennas (also known as IFA, Inverted F Antenna). For example, for a dipole antenna, each dipole antenna generally includes two radiating branches, and each branch is fed by a feeding unit from the feeding end of the radiating branch. For example, an inverted-F antenna (IFA) can be regarded as a monopole antenna with a ground path added. The IFA antenna has a feeding point and a grounding point, and is called an inverted-F antenna because its side view is an inverted F shape. In one embodiment, the sheet radiator may include a microstrip antenna, or a patch antenna, such as a planar inverted F antenna (also known as PIFA, Planar Inverted F Antenna). In one embodiment, the sheet radiator may be implemented by a planar conductor (such as a conductive sheet or a conductive coating, etc.). In one embodiment, the sheet radiator may include a conductive sheet, such as a copper sheet, etc. In one embodiment, the sheet radiator may include a conductive coating, such as a silver paste, etc. The shape of the sheet radiator includes a circle, a rectangle, a ring, etc., and the present application does not limit the specific shape. The structure of the microstrip antenna is generally composed of a dielectric substrate, a radiator and a floor, wherein the dielectric substrate is arranged between the radiator and the floor.

辐射体也可以包括形成在导体上的槽或者缝隙,例如,在接地的导体面上形成封闭或半封闭的槽或缝。在一个实施例中,开槽或开缝的辐射体可以简称为槽天线或缝隙天线。在一个实施例中,槽天线/缝隙天线的槽或缝的径向尺寸(例如,包括宽度)远比波长(例如,介质波长)小(例如,小于波长的1/16),长度尺寸可与波长(例如,介质波长)相比(例如,长度为波长的1/8附近,或1/8至1/4,或1/4至1/2,或更长)。在一个实施例中,具有封闭槽或缝的辐射体可以简称为闭合槽天线。在一个实施例中,具有半封闭的槽或缝(例如在封闭的槽或缝上增设开口)的辐射体可以简称为开口槽天线。在一些实施例中,缝隙形状是长条形的。在一些实施例中,缝隙的长度约为半个波长(例如,介质波长)。在一些实施例中,缝隙的长度约为整数倍个波长(例如,一倍的介质波长)。在一些实施例中,缝隙可用跨接在它的一边或两边上的传输线馈电,由此,缝隙上激励有射频电磁场,并向空间辐射电磁波。在一个实施例中,槽天线或缝隙天线的辐射体可以由两端接地的导电边框实现,又可以称作为边框天线;在此实施例中,可以看作是,槽天线或缝隙天线包括线状辐射体,线状辐射体与地板间隔设置并在辐射体的两端接地,从而形成封闭或半封闭的槽或缝隙。在一个实施例中,槽天线或缝隙天线的辐射体可以由两端接地的支架导体实现,又可以称作为支架天线。The radiator may also include a slot or a slit formed on the conductor, for example, a closed or semi-closed slot or slit formed on a grounded conductor surface. In one embodiment, a slotted or slitted radiator may be referred to as a slot antenna or a slot antenna. In one embodiment, the radial dimension (e.g., including the width) of the slot or slit of the slot antenna/slot antenna is much smaller than the wavelength (e.g., the dielectric wavelength) (e.g., less than 1/16 of the wavelength), and the length dimension may be comparable to the wavelength (e.g., the dielectric wavelength) (e.g., the length is about 1/8 of the wavelength, or 1/8 to 1/4, or 1/4 to 1/2, or longer). In one embodiment, a radiator with a closed slot or slit may be referred to as a closed slot antenna. In one embodiment, a radiator with a semi-closed slot or slit (e.g., an opening is added to a closed slot or slit) may be referred to as an open slot antenna. In some embodiments, the slot shape is a long strip. In some embodiments, the length of the slot is about half a wavelength (e.g., the dielectric wavelength). In some embodiments, the length of the slot is about an integer multiple of the wavelength (e.g., one times the dielectric wavelength). In some embodiments, the slot can be fed by a transmission line connected across one or both sides thereof, thereby exciting a radio frequency electromagnetic field on the slot and radiating electromagnetic waves into space. In one embodiment, the radiator of the slot antenna or slot antenna can be realized by a conductive frame with both ends grounded, which can also be called a frame antenna; in this embodiment, it can be regarded as that the slot antenna or slot antenna includes a linear radiator, which is spaced apart from the floor and grounded at both ends of the radiator, thereby forming a closed or semi-closed slot or slot. In one embodiment, the radiator of the slot antenna or slot antenna can be realized by a bracket conductor with both ends grounded, which can also be called a bracket antenna.

馈电电路,是用于射频信号的接收和发射的所有电路的组合。馈电电路可以包括收发器(transceiver)和射频前端电路(RF front end)。在某些情况下,狭义来理解“馈电电路”即为射频芯片(RFIC,Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit),RFIC可以认为是包括射频前端芯片和收发机。馈电电路具有将无线电波(例如,射频信号)和电信号(例如,数字信号)进行转化的功能。通常,它被认为是射频的部分。The feed circuit is a combination of all circuits used for receiving and transmitting RF signals. The feed circuit may include a transceiver and an RF front end circuit. In some cases, the "feed circuit" is understood in a narrow sense as a RF chip (RFIC, Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit), and RFIC can be considered to include an RF front end chip and a transceiver. The feed circuit has the function of converting radio waves (e.g., RF signals) and electrical signals (e.g., digital signals). Usually, it is considered to be the RF part.

在一些实施例中,电子设备中还可以包括测试座(或者称为,射频座或射频测试座)。该测试座可以用于插入同轴线缆,通过线缆对射频前端电路或者天线的辐射体的特性进行测试。射频前端电路可以被认为是耦合于测试座和收发器之间的电路部分。In some embodiments, the electronic device may further include a test socket (or referred to as a radio frequency socket or a radio frequency test socket). The test socket may be used to insert a coaxial cable to test the characteristics of the radio frequency front-end circuit or the radiator of the antenna through the cable. The radio frequency front-end circuit may be considered as a circuit portion coupled between the test socket and the transceiver.

在一些实施例中,射频前端电路在电子设备中可以集成为射频前端芯片,或者,射频前端电路和收发器在电子设备中可以集成为射频芯片。In some embodiments, the RF front-end circuit may be integrated into a RF front-end chip in the electronic device, or the RF front-end circuit and the transceiver may be integrated into a RF chip in the electronic device.

应理解,本申请中的第一/第二/…第N馈电电路中任意两个馈电电路可以共用同一个收发器,例如通过一个收发器中的一条射频通道(例如,射频芯片的一个端口(pin)传输信号;还可以共用一个射频前端电路,例如通过一个射频前端中的调谐电路或放大器处理信号。It should be understood that any two of the first/second/...Nth feeding circuits in the present application may share the same transceiver, for example, transmitting signals through a radio frequency channel in a transceiver (for example, a port (pin) of a radio frequency chip); and may also share a radio frequency front-end circuit, for example, processing signals through a tuning circuit or amplifier in a radio frequency front-end.

还应理解,本申请中的第一/第二/…第N馈电电路中的两个馈电电路通常在电子设备中对应两个射频测试座。It should also be understood that two feeding circuits in the first/second/...Nth feeding circuits in the present application usually correspond to two radio frequency test sockets in the electronic device.

匹配电路,是用于调整天线的辐射特性的电路。在一个实施例中,匹配电路耦合于馈电电路和相应的辐射体之间。在一个实施例中,匹配电路耦合于由测试座和辐射体之间。通常,匹配电路是耦合于辐射体和地板之间的电路的组合。在一个实施例中,匹配电路可以包括调谐电路和/或电子元件,调谐电路可以是用于切换辐射体耦合连接的电子元件。匹配电路具有阻抗匹配和/或频率调谐的功能。通常,它被认为是天线的一部分。A matching circuit is a circuit used to adjust the radiation characteristics of an antenna. In one embodiment, the matching circuit is coupled between a feed circuit and a corresponding radiator. In one embodiment, the matching circuit is coupled between a test socket and a radiator. Typically, a matching circuit is a combination of circuits coupled between a radiator and a floor. In one embodiment, the matching circuit may include a tuning circuit and/or an electronic component, and the tuning circuit may be an electronic component used to switch the coupling connection of the radiator. The matching circuit has the functions of impedance matching and/or frequency tuning. Typically, it is considered to be a part of the antenna.

接地结构/馈电结构,接地结构/馈电结构可以包括连接件,例如金属弹片,辐射体通过接地结构与地板耦合连接/馈电结构与馈电电路耦合连接。在一些实施例中,馈电结构可以包括传输线/馈电线,接地结构可以包括接地线。The grounding structure/feeding structure may include a connector, such as a metal spring, and the radiator is coupled to the floor through the grounding structure/feeding structure is coupled to the feeding circuit. In some embodiments, the feeding structure may include a transmission line/feeding line, and the grounding structure may include a grounding line.

端/点:天线辐射体的第一端/第二端/馈电端/接地端/馈电点/接地点/连接点中的“端/点”,不能狭义的理解为一定是与其他辐射体物理断开的端点或端部,还可以认为是连续的辐射体上的某个点或者某一段。在一个实施例中,“端/点”可以包括天线辐射体上耦合连接其他导电结构的连接/耦合区域,例如,馈电端/馈电点可以是天线辐射体上耦合连接馈电结构或馈电电路的连接/耦合区域(例如,与馈电电路的一部分面对面的区域),又例如,接地端/接地点可以是天线辐射体上耦合连接接地结构或接地电路的连接/耦合区域(例如,与接地电路的一部分面对面的区域)。End/point: The "end/point" in the first end/second end/feeding end/grounding end/feeding point/grounding point/connection point of the antenna radiator cannot be narrowly understood as an end point or end portion that is physically disconnected from other radiators, but can also be considered as a point or a section on a continuous radiator. In one embodiment, the "end/point" may include a connection/coupling area on the antenna radiator that is coupled to other conductive structures. For example, the feeding end/feeding point may be a connection/coupling area on the antenna radiator that is coupled to a feeding structure or a feeding circuit (for example, an area facing a portion of the feeding circuit). For another example, the grounding end/grounding point may be a connection/coupling area on the antenna radiator that is coupled to a grounding structure or a grounding circuit (for example, an area facing a portion of the grounding circuit).

开放端、封闭端:在一些实施例中,开放端和封闭端例如是相对是否接地而言的,封闭端接地,开放端不接地。在一些实施例中,开放端和封闭端例如是相对于其他导电体而言的,封闭端电连接其他导电体,开放端不电连接其他导电体。在一个实施例中,开放端还可以称作悬浮端、自由端、开口端、或开路端。在一个实施例中,封闭端还可以称作接地端、或短路端。应可理解,在一些实施例中,可以通过开放端耦合连接其他导电体,以传递耦合能量(可以理解为传递电流)。Open end, closed end: In some embodiments, the open end and the closed end are, for example, relative to whether they are grounded. The closed end is grounded, and the open end is not grounded. In some embodiments, the open end and the closed end are, for example, relative to other conductors. The closed end is electrically connected to other conductors, and the open end is not electrically connected to other conductors. In one embodiment, the open end can also be referred to as a suspended end, a free end, an open end, or an open-circuit end. In one embodiment, the closed end can also be referred to as a grounded end or a short-circuit end. It should be understood that in some embodiments, other conductors can be coupled and connected through the open end to transfer coupling energy (which can be understood as transferring current).

在一些实施例中,对于“封闭端”的理解还可以是从电流分布来看的,封闭端或接地端等,可以理解为辐射体上的电流大点,也可以理解为辐射体上的电场小点;在一个实施例中,通过封闭端耦合电子器件(例如,电容、电感等)可以不改变其电流大点/电场小点的电流分布特性;在一个实施例中,通过封闭端处或封闭端附近开缝(例如,填充绝缘材质的缝隙)可以不改变其电流大点/电场小点的电流分布特性。In some embodiments, the "closed end" can also be understood from the perspective of current distribution. The closed end or the grounded end, etc., can be understood as a point with larger current on the radiator, or as a point with smaller electric field on the radiator. In one embodiment, the current distribution characteristics of larger current/small electric field can be maintained by coupling electronic devices (for example, capacitors, inductors, etc.) through the closed end. In one embodiment, the current distribution characteristics of larger current/small electric field can be maintained by opening a gap at or near the closed end (for example, a gap filled with insulating material).

在一些实施例中,对于“开放端”的理解还可以是从电流分布来看的,开放端或悬浮端等,可以理解为辐射体上的电流小点,也可以理解为辐射体上的电场大点;在一个实施例中,通过开放端耦合电子器件(例如,电容、电感等)可以不改变其电流小点/电场大点的电流分布特性。In some embodiments, the "open end" can also be understood from the perspective of current distribution. The open end or suspended end, etc., can be understood as a point with smaller current on the radiator, or as a point with larger electric field on the radiator. In one embodiment, coupling electronic devices (for example, capacitors, inductors, etc.) through the open end can maintain the current distribution characteristics of the smaller current point/larger electric field point.

应可理解,在一个缝隙处的辐射体端(从辐射体的结构来看,类似于开放端或悬浮端的开口处的辐射体)耦和电子器件(例如,电容、电感等),可以使得该辐射体端为电流大点/电场小点,此种情况下,应理解该缝隙处的辐射体端实际为封闭端或接地端等。It should be understood that coupling the radiator end at a gap (from the perspective of the structure of the radiator, it is similar to a radiator at an opening of an open end or a suspended end) with electronic devices (for example, capacitors, inductors, etc.) can make the radiator end a point with larger current/smaller electric field. In this case, it should be understood that the radiator end at the gap is actually a closed end or a grounded end, etc.

本申请实施例中提及的“悬浮辐射体”,是指辐射体没有直接连接馈电线/馈电枝节和/或接地线/接地枝节,而是通过间接耦合的方式馈电和/或接地。The “suspended radiator” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application means that the radiator is not directly connected to the feeder line/feeder branch and/or the grounding line/grounding branch, but is fed and/or grounded through indirect coupling.

应可理解,“悬浮端”、“悬浮辐射体”中的“悬浮”并不意味着辐射体周围没有任何结构来支撑。在一个实施例中,悬浮辐射体可以例如是设置于绝缘后盖内表面上的辐射体。It should be understood that the "suspended" in "suspended end" or "suspended radiator" does not mean that there is no structure around the radiator to support it. In one embodiment, the suspended radiator can be, for example, a radiator disposed on the inner surface of the insulating back cover.

本申请实施例中提及的电流同向/反向,应理解为在同一侧的导体上主要电流的方向为同向/反向的。例如,在呈弯折状或呈环状的导体上激励同向分布电流(例如,电流路径也是弯折的或环状的)时,应可理解,例如,环状导体中两侧的导体上(例如围绕一缝隙的导体,在该缝隙两侧的导体上)激励的主要电流虽然从方向上看为反向的,其仍然属于本申请实施例中对于同向分布电流的定义。在一个实施例中,一个导体上的电流同向可以指该导体上的电流无反向点。在一个实施例中,一个导体上的电流反向可以指该导体上的电流至少有一个反向点。在一个实施例中,两个导体上的电流同向可以指这两个导体上的电流均无反向点,且在同一方向上流动。在一个实施例中,两个导体上的电流反向可以指这两个导体上的电流均无反向点,且在相反的方向上流动。可以相应地理解多个导体上的电流同向/反向。The current same direction/reverse direction mentioned in the embodiments of the present application should be understood as the direction of the main current on the conductor on the same side is the same direction/reverse direction. For example, when stimulating a distributed current in the same direction on a conductor that is bent or annular (for example, the current path is also bent or annular), it should be understood that, for example, the main current stimulating on the conductors on both sides of the annular conductor (for example, a conductor surrounding a gap, on the conductors on both sides of the gap) is opposite in direction, but it still belongs to the definition of the distributed current in the same direction in the embodiments of the present application. In one embodiment, the current same direction on a conductor may refer to the current on the conductor having no reverse point. In one embodiment, the current reverse on a conductor may refer to the current on the conductor having at least one reverse point. In one embodiment, the current same direction on two conductors may refer to the current on both conductors having no reverse point and flowing in the same direction. In one embodiment, the current reverse on two conductors may refer to the current on both conductors having no reverse point and flowing in opposite directions. The current same direction/reverse direction on multiple conductors can be understood accordingly.

谐振/谐振频率:谐振频率又叫共振频率。谐振频率可以有一个频率范围,即,发生共振的频率范围。共振最强点对应的频率就是中心频率点频率。中心频率的回波损耗特性可以小于-20dB。应可理解,若没有额外说明,本申请提到的天线/辐射体产生“第一/第二…谐振”,其中,第一谐振应为天线/辐射体所产生的基模谐振,或者说,天线/辐射体所产生的频率最低的谐振。应可理解,天线/辐射体可以根据具体设计产生一个或多个天线模式,每个天线模式可以对应产生一个基模谐振。Resonance/resonance frequency: The resonance frequency is also called the resonance frequency. The resonance frequency can have a frequency range, that is, the frequency range in which resonance occurs. The frequency corresponding to the strongest resonance point is the center frequency point frequency. The return loss characteristic of the center frequency can be less than -20dB. It should be understood that, unless otherwise specified, the antenna/radiator mentioned in this application produces a "first/second... resonance", where the first resonance should be the fundamental mode resonance generated by the antenna/radiator, or in other words, the lowest frequency resonance generated by the antenna/radiator. It should be understood that the antenna/radiator can generate one or more antenna modes according to the specific design, and each antenna mode can correspond to a fundamental mode resonance.

谐振频段:谐振频率的范围是谐振频段,谐振频段内任一频点的回波损耗特性可以小于-6dB或-5dB。Resonant frequency band: The range of the resonant frequency is the resonant frequency band. The return loss characteristic of any frequency point in the resonant frequency band can be less than -6dB or -5dB.

通信频段/工作频段:无论何种类型的天线,总是在一定的频率范围(频段宽度)内工作。例如,支持B40频段的天线,其工作频段包括2300MHz~2400MHz范围内的频率,或者是说,该天线的工作频段包括B40频段。满足指标要求的频率范围可以看作天线的工作频段。Communication frequency band/working frequency band: Regardless of the type of antenna, it always works within a certain frequency range (band width). For example, an antenna that supports the B40 frequency band has a working frequency band that includes frequencies in the range of 2300MHz to 2400MHz, or in other words, the working frequency band of the antenna includes the B40 frequency band. The frequency range that meets the index requirements can be regarded as the working frequency band of the antenna.

谐振频段和工作频段可以相同,或者可以部分重叠。在一个实施例中,天线的一个或多个谐振频段可以覆盖该天线的一个或多个工作频段。The resonant frequency band and the operating frequency band may be the same, or may partially overlap. In one embodiment, one or more resonant frequency bands of the antenna may cover one or more operating frequency bands of the antenna.

电长度:可以是指物理长度(即机械长度或几何长度)与所传输电磁波的波长之比,电长度可以满足以下公式:
Electrical length: It can refer to the ratio of physical length (ie mechanical length or geometric length) to the wavelength of the transmitted electromagnetic wave. The electrical length can satisfy the following formula:

其中,L为物理长度,λ为电磁波的波长。Where L is the physical length and λ is the wavelength of the electromagnetic wave.

波长:或者工作波长,可以是谐振频率的中心频率对应的波长或者天线所支持的工作频段的中心频率。例如,假设B1上行频段(谐振频率为1920MHz至1980MHz)的中心频率为1955MHz,那工作波长可以为利用1955MHz这个频率计算出来的波长。不限于中心频率,“工作波长”也可以是指谐振频率或工作频段的非中心频率对应的波长。Wavelength: or operating wavelength, which can be the wavelength corresponding to the center frequency of the resonant frequency or the center frequency of the operating frequency band supported by the antenna. For example, assuming that the center frequency of the B1 uplink frequency band (resonant frequency is 1920MHz to 1980MHz) is 1955MHz, then the operating wavelength can be the wavelength calculated using the frequency of 1955MHz. Not limited to the center frequency, "operating wavelength" can also refer to the wavelength corresponding to the non-center frequency of the resonant frequency or the operating frequency band.

应理解的是,辐射信号在空气中的波长可以如下计算:(空气波长,或真空波长)=光速/频率,其中频率为辐射信号的频率(MHz),光速可以取3×108m/s。辐射信号在介质中的波长可以如下计算: 其中,ε为该介质的相对介电常数。本申请实施例中的波长,通常指的是介质波长,可以是谐振频率的中心频率对应的介质波长,或者天线所支持的工作频段的中心频率对应的介质波长。例如,假设B1上行频段(谐振频率为1920MHz至1980MHz)的中心频率为1955MHz,那波长可以为利用1955MHz这个频率计算出来的介质波长。不限于中心频率,“介质波长”也可以是指谐振频率或工作频段的非中心频率对应的介质波长。为便于理解,本申请实施例中提到的介质波长可以简单地通过辐射体的一侧或多侧所填充介质的相对介电常数来计算。It should be understood that the wavelength of the radiation signal in the air can be calculated as follows: (wavelength in air, or wavelength in vacuum) = speed of light/frequency, where frequency is the frequency of the radiation signal (MHz), and the speed of light can be taken as 3×108 m/s. The wavelength of the radiation signal in the medium can be calculated as follows: Among them, ε is the relative dielectric constant of the medium. The wavelength in the embodiments of the present application generally refers to the dielectric wavelength, which can be the dielectric wavelength corresponding to the center frequency of the resonant frequency, or the dielectric wavelength corresponding to the center frequency of the working frequency band supported by the antenna. For example, assuming that the center frequency of the B1 uplink frequency band (resonant frequency is 1920MHz to 1980MHz) is 1955MHz, the wavelength can be the dielectric wavelength calculated using the frequency of 1955MHz. Not limited to the center frequency, "dielectric wavelength" may also refer to the dielectric wavelength corresponding to the non-center frequency of the resonant frequency or the working frequency band. For ease of understanding, the dielectric wavelength mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can be simply calculated by the relative dielectric constant of the medium filled on one or more sides of the radiator.

天线系统效率(total efficiency):指在天线的端口处输入功率与输出功率的比值。Antenna system efficiency (total efficiency): refers to the ratio of input power to output power at the antenna port.

天线辐射效率(radiation efficiency):指天线向空间辐射出去的功率(即有效地转换电磁波部分的功率)和输入到天线的有功功率之比。其中,输入到天线的有功功率=天线的输入功率-损耗功率;损耗功率主要包括回波损耗功率和金属的欧姆损耗功率和/或介质损耗功率。辐射效率是衡量天线辐射能力的值,金属损耗、介质损耗均是辐射效率的影响因素。Antenna radiation efficiency: refers to the ratio of the power radiated by the antenna into space (i.e. the power of the electromagnetic wave part that is effectively converted) to the active power input to the antenna. Among them, the active power input to the antenna = the input power of the antenna - the loss power; the loss power mainly includes the return loss power and the ohmic loss power of the metal and/or the dielectric loss power. The radiation efficiency is a value that measures the radiation ability of the antenna. Metal loss and dielectric loss are both factors that affect the radiation efficiency.

本领域技术人员可以理解,效率一般是用百分比来表示,其与dB之间存在相应的换算关系,效率越接近0dB,表征该天线的效率越优。Those skilled in the art can understand that efficiency is generally expressed as a percentage, and there is a corresponding conversion relationship between efficiency and dB. The closer the efficiency is to 0 dB, the better the efficiency of the antenna.

天线回波损耗:可以理解为经过天线电路反射回天线端口的信号功率与天线端口发射功率的比值。反射回来的信号越小,说明通过天线向空间辐射出去的信号越大,天线的辐射效率越大。反射回来的信号越大,说明通过天线向空间辐射出去的信号越小,天线的辐射效率越小。Antenna return loss: It can be understood as the ratio of the signal power reflected back to the antenna port through the antenna circuit to the transmit power of the antenna port. The smaller the reflected signal, the larger the signal radiated into space through the antenna, and the greater the radiation efficiency of the antenna. The larger the reflected signal, the smaller the signal radiated into space through the antenna, and the lower the radiation efficiency of the antenna.

天线回波损耗可以用S11参数来表示,S11属于S参数中的一种。S11表示反射系数,此参数能够表征天线发射效率的优劣。S11参数通常为负数,S11参数越小,表示天线回波损耗越小,天线本身反射回来的能量越小,也就是代表实际上进入天线的能量就越多,天线的系统效率越高;S11参数越大,表示天线回波损耗越大,天线的系统效率越低。Antenna return loss can be represented by the S11 parameter, which is one of the S parameters. S11 represents the reflection coefficient, which can characterize the antenna transmission efficiency. The S11 parameter is usually a negative number. The smaller the S11 parameter is, the smaller the antenna return loss is, and the less energy is reflected back by the antenna itself, which means that more energy actually enters the antenna, and the higher the antenna system efficiency is; the larger the S11 parameter is, the greater the antenna return loss is, and the lower the antenna system efficiency is.

需要说明的是,工程上一般以S11值为-6dB作为标准,当天线的S11值小于-6dB时,可以认为该天线可正常工作,或可认为该天线的发射效率较好。It should be noted that in engineering, the S11 value is generally -6dB as the standard. When the S11 value of an antenna is less than -6dB, it can be considered that the antenna can work normally, or that the antenna has good transmission efficiency.

天线方向图:也称辐射方向图。是指在离天线一定距离处(远场),天线辐射场的相对场强(归一化模值)随方向变化的图形,通常采用通过天线最大辐射方向上的两个相互垂直的平面方向图来表示。Antenna pattern: also called radiation pattern. It refers to the graph of the relative field strength (normalized modulus) of the antenna radiation field changing with direction at a certain distance from the antenna (far field). It is usually represented by two mutually perpendicular plane patterns in the direction of maximum radiation of the antenna.

天线方向图通常都有多个辐射波束。其中辐射强度最大的辐射波束称为主瓣,其余的辐射波束称为副瓣或旁瓣。在副瓣中,与主瓣相反方向上的副瓣也叫后瓣。Antenna radiation patterns usually have multiple radiation beams. The radiation beam with the strongest radiation intensity is called the main lobe, and the remaining radiation beams are called side lobes or side lobes. Among the side lobes, the side lobe in the opposite direction of the main lobe is also called the back lobe.

波束宽度:是指与指向电子设备的顶部方向(例如,z方向)所呈角度在第一角度的范围内,天线所产生的方向图的增益均大于或等于阈值,第一角度为波束宽度。当第一角度较大时,例如,大于或等于30°,则可以认为天线具有宽波束特性,天线在该角度范围内据具有良好的辐射特性。Beam width: refers to the angle with the top direction pointing to the electronic device (for example, z direction) within the first angle range, the gain of the directional pattern generated by the antenna is greater than or equal to the threshold, the first angle is the beam width. When the first angle is large, for example, greater than or equal to 30°, it can be considered that the antenna has a wide beam characteristic, and the antenna has good radiation characteristics within this angle range.

方向性系数(directivity):也称为天线的定向性。是指在离天线一定距离处(远场),天线方向图上最大功率密度与平均值之比,是大于等于1的无量纲比值。可以用于指示天线的能量辐射特性,当方向性系数越大,表示天线在某一方向辐射的能量占比越多,能量辐射越集中。Directivity: Also known as the directivity of an antenna. It refers to the ratio of the maximum power density to the average value on the antenna pattern at a certain distance from the antenna (far field), which is a dimensionless ratio greater than or equal to 1. It can be used to indicate the energy radiation characteristics of an antenna. The larger the directivity, the more energy the antenna radiates in a certain direction, and the more concentrated the energy radiation.

天线增益:用于表征天线把输入功率集中辐射的程度。通常,天线方向图的主瓣越窄,副瓣越小,天线增益越高。Antenna gain: It is used to characterize the degree to which the antenna radiates the input power. Generally, the narrower the main lobe of the antenna pattern and the smaller the side lobe, the higher the antenna gain.

天线的极化方向:在空间给定点上,电场强度E(矢量)是时间t的函数,随着时间的推移,矢量端点在空间周期性地描绘出轨迹。该轨迹为直线且垂直地面,称垂直极化,如果水平于地面,称水平极化。该轨迹椭圆或圆,沿着传播方向观察时,随着时间沿右手或顺时针方向旋转,称右旋圆极化(right-hand circular polarization,RHCP),随着时间沿左手或逆时针方向旋转,称左旋圆极化(light-hand circular polarization,LHCP)。Polarization direction of the antenna: At a given point in space, the electric field strength E (vector) is a function of time t. As time goes by, the endpoints of the vector periodically draw a trajectory in space. If the trajectory is straight and perpendicular to the ground, it is called vertical polarization. If it is horizontal to the ground, it is called horizontal polarization. If the trajectory is an ellipse or a circle, when observed along the propagation direction, it rotates in the right hand or clockwise direction over time, which is called right-hand circular polarization (RHCP). If it rotates in the left hand or counterclockwise direction over time, it is called left-hand circular polarization (LHCP).

地(地板)(ground,GND):可泛指电子设备(比如手机)内任何接地层、或接地板、或接地金属层等的至少一部分,或者上述任何接地层、或接地板、或接地部件等的任意组合的至少一部分,“地”可用于电子设备内元器件的接地。一个实施例中,“地”可以是电子设备的电路板的接地层,也可以是电子设备中框形成的接地板或屏幕下方的金属薄膜形成的接地金属层。一个实施例中,电路板可以是印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB),例如具有8、10、12、13或14层导电材料的8层、10层或12至14层板,或者通过诸如玻璃纤维、聚合物等之类的介电层或绝缘层隔开和电绝缘的元件。一个实施例中,电路板包括介质基板、接地层和走线层,走线层和接地层通过过孔进行电连接。一个实施例中,诸如显示器、触摸屏、输入按钮、发射器、处理器、存储器、电池、充电电路、片上系统(system on chip,SoC)结构等部件可以安装在电路板上或连接到电路板;或者电连接到电路板中的走线层和/或接地层。例如,射频源设置于走线层。Ground (GND): It can refer to at least a part of any grounding layer, grounding plate, or grounding metal layer in an electronic device (such as a mobile phone), or at least a part of any combination of any of the above grounding layers, grounding plates, or grounding components. "Ground" can be used for grounding components in electronic devices. In one embodiment, "ground" can be the grounding layer of the circuit board of the electronic device, or it can be the grounding plate formed by the frame of the electronic device or the grounding metal layer formed by the metal film under the screen. In one embodiment, the circuit board can be a printed circuit board (PCB), such as an 8-layer, 10-layer or 12 to 14-layer board with 8, 10, 12, 13 or 14 layers of conductive materials, or an element separated and electrically insulated by a dielectric layer or insulating layer such as glass fiber, polymer, etc. In one embodiment, the circuit board includes a dielectric substrate, a grounding layer and a routing layer, and the routing layer and the grounding layer are electrically connected through vias. In one embodiment, components such as a display, a touch screen, an input button, a transmitter, a processor, a memory, a battery, a charging circuit, a system on chip (SoC) structure, etc. can be mounted on or connected to a circuit board; or electrically connected to a wiring layer and/or a ground layer in the circuit board. For example, a radio frequency source is disposed in the wiring layer.

上述任何接地层、或接地板、或接地金属层由导电材料制得。一个实施例中,该导电材料可以采用以下材料中的任一者:铜、铝、不锈钢、黄铜和它们的合金、绝缘基片上的铜箔、绝缘基片上的铝箔、绝缘基片上的金箔、镀银的铜、绝缘基片上的镀银铜箔、绝缘基片上的银箔和镀锡的铜、浸渍石墨粉的布、涂覆石墨的基片、镀铜的基片、镀黄铜的基片和镀铝的基片。本领域技术人员可以理解,接地层/接地板/接地金属层也可由其它导电材料制得。Any of the above-mentioned grounding layers, grounding plates, or grounding metal layers are made of conductive materials. In one embodiment, the conductive material can be any of the following materials: copper, aluminum, stainless steel, brass and their alloys, copper foil on an insulating substrate, aluminum foil on an insulating substrate, gold foil on an insulating substrate, silver-plated copper, silver-plated copper foil on an insulating substrate, silver foil and tin-plated copper on an insulating substrate, cloth impregnated with graphite powder, graphite-coated substrates, copper-plated substrates, brass-plated substrates, and aluminum-plated substrates. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the grounding layer/grounding plate/grounding metal layer can also be made of other conductive materials.

接地:是指通过任何方式与上述地/地板实现耦合。在一个实施例中,接地可以是通过实体接地,例如通过中框的部分结构件实现边框上特定位置的实体接地(或者称为,实体地)。在一个实施例中,接地可以是通过器件接地,例如通过串联或并联的电容/电感/电阻等器件接地(或者称为,器件地)。Grounding: refers to coupling with the above-mentioned ground/floor in any way. In one embodiment, grounding can be achieved through physical grounding, such as physical grounding (or physical ground) at a specific position on the frame through some structural parts of the middle frame. In one embodiment, grounding can be achieved through device grounding, such as grounding through devices such as capacitors/inductors/resistors connected in series or in parallel (or device ground).

下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution of the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

如图1所示,电子设备10可以包括:盖板(cover)13、显示屏/模组(display)15、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)17、中框(middle frame)19和后盖(rear cover)21。应理解,在一些实施例中,盖板13可以是玻璃盖板(cover glass),也可以被替换为其他材料的盖板,例如PET(Polyethylene terephthalate,聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯)材料盖板等。As shown in FIG1 , the electronic device 10 may include: a cover 13, a display screen/module (display) 15, a printed circuit board (PCB) 17, a middle frame (middle frame) 19 and a rear cover (rear cover) 21. It should be understood that in some embodiments, the cover 13 may be a glass cover, or may be replaced by a cover made of other materials, such as a PET (Polyethylene terephthalate) material cover.

其中,盖板13可以紧贴显示模组15设置,可主要用于对显示模组15起到保护、防尘作用。The cover plate 13 may be disposed closely to the display module 15 , and may be mainly used to protect the display module 15 and prevent dust.

在一个实施例中,显示模组15可以包括液晶显示面板(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示面板或者有机发光半导体(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)显示面板等,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。In one embodiment, the display module 15 may include a liquid crystal display panel (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display panel or an organic light-emitting semiconductor (OLED) display panel, etc., but the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.

中框19主要起整机的支撑作用。图1中示出PCB17设于中框19与后盖21之间,应可理解,在一个实施例中,PCB17也可设于中框19与显示模组15之间,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。其中,印刷电路板PCB17可以采用耐燃材料(FR-4)介质板,也可以采用罗杰斯(Rogers)介质板,也可以采用Rogers和FR-4的混合介质板,等等。这里,FR-4是一种耐燃材料等级的代号,Rogers介质板是一种高频板。PCB17上承载电子元件,例如,射频芯片等。在一个实施例中,印刷电路板PCB17上可以设置一金属层。该金属层可用于印刷电路板PCB17上承载的电子元件接地,也可用于其他元件接地,例如支架天线、边框天线等,该金属层可以称为地板,或接地板,或接地层。在一个实施例中,该金属层可以通过在PCB17中的任意一层介质板的表面蚀刻金属形成。在一个实施例中,用于接地的该金属层可以设置在印刷电路板PCB17上靠近中框19的一侧。在一个实施例中,印刷电路板PCB17的边缘可以看作其接地层的边缘。可以在一个实施例中,金属中框19也可用于上述元件的接地。电子设备10还可以具有其他地板/接地板/接地层,如前所述,此处不再赘述。The middle frame 19 mainly supports the whole machine. FIG. 1 shows that the PCB 17 is arranged between the middle frame 19 and the back cover 21. It should be understood that in one embodiment, the PCB 17 can also be arranged between the middle frame 19 and the display module 15, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. Among them, the printed circuit board PCB17 can adopt a flame retardant material (FR-4) dielectric board, or a Rogers dielectric board, or a mixed dielectric board of Rogers and FR-4, and so on. Here, FR-4 is a code for a grade of flame retardant material, and the Rogers dielectric board is a high-frequency board. Electronic components, such as radio frequency chips, are carried on the PCB17. In one embodiment, a metal layer can be provided on the printed circuit board PCB17. The metal layer can be used for grounding the electronic components carried on the printed circuit board PCB17, and can also be used for grounding other components, such as bracket antennas, frame antennas, etc. The metal layer can be called a floor, or a grounding plate, or a grounding layer. In one embodiment, the metal layer can be formed by etching metal on the surface of any layer of the dielectric board in the PCB17. In one embodiment, the metal layer for grounding can be arranged on one side of the printed circuit board PCB17 close to the middle frame 19. In one embodiment, the edge of the printed circuit board PCB17 can be regarded as the edge of its grounding layer. In one embodiment, the metal middle frame 19 can also be used for grounding the above-mentioned components. The electronic device 10 can also have other floors/grounding plates/grounding layers, as described above, which will not be repeated here.

由于电子设备内部的紧凑性,通常在距离边框内表面的0-2mm的内部空间均设置有地板/接地板/接地层(例如,印刷电路板、中框、屏幕金属层、电池等均可以看作地板的一部分)。在一个实施例中,边框和地板之间填充介质,可以简单地将填充介质的内表面轮廓,所包围形成的矩形的长和宽看作是地板的长和宽;也可以将边框内部的所有导电部分叠加形成的轮廓,所包围形成的矩形的长和宽看作是地板的长和宽。Due to the compactness of the interior of the electronic device, a floor/grounding plate/grounding layer is usually provided in the internal space 0-2 mm away from the inner surface of the frame (for example, a printed circuit board, a middle frame, a metal layer of a screen, a battery, etc. can all be regarded as part of the floor). In one embodiment, a medium is filled between the frame and the floor, and the inner surface contour of the filling medium and the length and width of the rectangle enclosed by the medium can be simply regarded as the length and width of the floor; the length and width of the rectangle enclosed by the contour formed by superimposing all the conductive parts inside the frame can also be regarded as the length and width of the floor.

其中,电子设备10还可以包括电池(图中未示出)。电池可以设置于设于中框19与后盖21之间,或者可设于中框19与显示模组15之间,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。在一些实施例中,PCB17分为主板和子板,电池可以设于所述主板和所述子板之间,其中,主板可以设置于中框19和电池的上边沿之间,子板可以设置于中框19和电池的下边沿之间。The electronic device 10 may further include a battery (not shown). The battery may be disposed between the middle frame 19 and the back cover 21, or between the middle frame 19 and the display module 15, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. In some embodiments, the PCB 17 is divided into a main board and a sub-board, and the battery may be disposed between the main board and the sub-board, wherein the main board may be disposed between the middle frame 19 and the upper edge of the battery, and the sub-board may be disposed between the middle frame 19 and the lower edge of the battery.

电子设备10还可以包括边框11,边框11可以包括金属等导电材料。边框11可以设于显示模组15和后盖21之间并绕电子设备10的外围周向延伸。边框11可以具有包围显示模组15的四个侧边,帮助固定显示模组15。The electronic device 10 may further include a frame 11, which may include a conductive material such as metal. The frame 11 may be disposed between the display module 15 and the back cover 21 and extend circumferentially around the periphery of the electronic device 10. The frame 11 may have four sides surrounding the display module 15 to help fix the display module 15.

在一种实现方式中,主要包括导电材料的边框11可以称作电子设备10的导电边框或金属边框,适用于金属外观的工业设计(industrial design,ID)。在一种实现方式中,边框11的外表面主要为导电材料,例如金属材料,从而形成金属边框的外观。在这些实现方式中,边框11中包括外表面的导电部分可以作为电子设备10的天线辐射体使用,且通常被称为边框天线。In one implementation, the frame 11 mainly including conductive material can be called a conductive frame or a metal frame of the electronic device 10, which is suitable for the industrial design (ID) of the metal appearance. In one implementation, the outer surface of the frame 11 is mainly conductive material, such as metal material, so as to form the appearance of a metal frame. In these implementations, the conductive part of the frame 11 including the outer surface can be used as an antenna radiator of the electronic device 10, and is generally called a frame antenna.

在另一种实现方式中,边框11的外表面主要为非导电材料,例如塑料,形成非金属边框的外观,适用于非金属ID。在一种实现方式中,边框11的内表面可以包括导电材料,例如金属材料。在这种实现方式中,边框11内表面的导电部分可以作为电子设备10的天线辐射体使用。应可理解,设置于边框11内表面的辐射体(或者说,内表面的导电材料)可以贴靠边框11的非导电材料设置,以尽量减小辐射体占用的体积,并更加的靠近电子设备10的外部,实现更好的信号传输效果,且也可以被称为边框天线。需要说明的是,天线辐射体贴靠边框11的非导电材料设置是指天线辐射体可以紧贴非导电材料的内表面设置,也可以为嵌设于非导电材料内部设置,也可以为靠近非导电材料的内表面设置,例如天线辐射体与非导电材料的内表面之间能够具有一定的微小缝隙。应可理解,该导电材料和该非导电材料都可看作为边框11的一部分。In another implementation, the outer surface of the frame 11 is mainly non-conductive material, such as plastic, forming the appearance of a non-metallic frame, which is suitable for non-metallic ID. In one implementation, the inner surface of the frame 11 may include a conductive material, such as a metal material. In this implementation, the conductive part of the inner surface of the frame 11 can be used as an antenna radiator of the electronic device 10. It should be understood that the radiator (or the conductive material on the inner surface) arranged on the inner surface of the frame 11 can be arranged close to the non-conductive material of the frame 11 to minimize the volume occupied by the radiator and be closer to the outside of the electronic device 10 to achieve better signal transmission effect, and it can also be called a frame antenna. It should be noted that the antenna radiator is arranged close to the non-conductive material of the frame 11, which means that the antenna radiator can be arranged close to the inner surface of the non-conductive material, or it can be embedded in the non-conductive material, or it can be arranged close to the inner surface of the non-conductive material, for example, there can be a certain small gap between the antenna radiator and the inner surface of the non-conductive material. It should be understood that both the conductive material and the non-conductive material can be regarded as part of the frame 11.

应理解,在边框11上可以具有绝缘缝隙,由两个绝缘缝隙或绝缘缝隙与接地点之间的边框的导体部分作为辐射体,从而形成边框天线。其中,当边框11由金属等导电材料形成时,绝缘缝隙可以理解为边框11开设的缝隙中填充有非金属材料(绝缘材料),在这种情况下,该缝隙在外观面可见。当边框11的外表面为非导电材料时,绝缘缝隙可以理解为边框11内表面的两段辐射体之间形成的缝隙,该缝隙中可以设置非金属材料(绝缘材料),或者,也可以不设置非金属材料,例如,由空气填充,在这种情况下,该缝隙在外观面不可见。It should be understood that there may be an insulating gap on the frame 11, and the conductor part of the frame between two insulating gaps or the insulating gap and the grounding point serves as a radiator, thereby forming a frame antenna. Among them, when the frame 11 is formed of a conductive material such as metal, the insulating gap can be understood as a gap opened in the frame 11 filled with non-metallic material (insulating material). In this case, the gap is visible on the exterior surface. When the outer surface of the frame 11 is a non-conductive material, the insulating gap can be understood as a gap formed between two sections of radiators on the inner surface of the frame 11. Non-metallic material (insulating material) may be provided in the gap, or non-metallic material may not be provided, for example, it is filled with air. In this case, the gap is not visible on the exterior surface.

中框19可以包括边框11,包括边框11的中框19作为一体件,可以对整机中的电子器件起支撑作用。盖板13、后盖21分别沿边框的上下边沿盖合从而形成电子设备的外壳或壳体(housing)。在一个实施例中,盖板13、后盖21、边框11和/或中框19,可以统称为电子设备10的外壳或壳体。应可理解,“外壳或壳体”可以用于指代盖板13、后盖21、边框11或中框19中任一个的部分或全部,或者指代盖板13、后盖21、边框11或中框19中任意组合的部分或全部。The middle frame 19 may include a border 11. The middle frame 19 including the border 11 is an integral part, which can support the electronic devices in the whole machine. The cover plate 13 and the back cover 21 are respectively covered along the upper and lower edges of the border to form a shell or housing (housing) of the electronic device. In one embodiment, the cover plate 13, the back cover 21, the border 11 and/or the middle frame 19 can be collectively referred to as the shell or housing of the electronic device 10. It should be understood that "shell or housing" can be used to refer to part or all of any one of the cover plate 13, the back cover 21, the border 11 or the middle frame 19, or to refer to part or all of any combination of the cover plate 13, the back cover 21, the border 11 or the middle frame 19.

边框11可以至少部分地作为天线辐射体以收/发射频信号,作为辐射体的这一部分边框,与中框19的其他部分之间可以存在间隙,从而保证天线辐射体具有良好的辐射环境。在一个实施例中,中框19在作为辐射体的这一部分边框处可以设置孔径,以利于天线的辐射。The frame 11 can at least partially serve as an antenna radiator to receive/transmit radio frequency signals. There can be a gap between this portion of the frame that serves as the radiator and other portions of the middle frame 19, thereby ensuring that the antenna radiator has a good radiation environment. In one embodiment, the middle frame 19 can be provided with an aperture at this portion of the frame that serves as the radiator to facilitate the radiation of the antenna.

或者,可以不将边框11看做中框19的一部分。在一个实施例中,边框11可以和中框19连接并一体成型。在另一实施例中,边框11可以包括向内延伸的突出件,以与中框19相连,例如,通过弹片、螺丝、焊接等方式相连。边框11的突出件还可以用来接收馈电信号,使得边框11的至少一部分作为天线的辐射体收/发射频信号。作为辐射体的这一部分边框,与中框19之间可以存在间隙,从而保证天线辐射体具有良好的辐射环境,使得天线具有良好的信号传输功能。Alternatively, the frame 11 may not be considered as a part of the middle frame 19. In one embodiment, the frame 11 may be connected to the middle frame 19 and formed integrally. In another embodiment, the frame 11 may include a protrusion extending inward to be connected to the middle frame 19, for example, by means of a shrapnel, a screw, welding, etc. The protrusion of the frame 11 may also be used to receive a feed signal, so that at least a portion of the frame 11 serves as a radiator of the antenna to receive/transmit radio frequency signals. There may be a gap between this portion of the frame that serves as a radiator and the middle frame 19, thereby ensuring that the antenna radiator has a good radiation environment, so that the antenna has a good signal transmission function.

其中,后盖21可以是金属材料制成的后盖;也可以是非导电材料制成的后盖,如玻璃后盖、塑料后盖等非金属后盖;还可以是同时包括导电材料和非导电材料制成的后盖。在一个实施例中,包括导电材料的后盖21可以替代中框19,与边框11作为一体件,对整机中的电子器件起支撑作用。The back cover 21 may be a back cover made of metal material; or a back cover made of non-conductive material, such as a glass back cover, a plastic back cover, or a back cover made of both conductive and non-conductive materials. In one embodiment, the back cover 21 made of conductive material may replace the middle frame 19 and be integrated with the frame 11 to support the electronic components in the whole device.

在一个实施例中,中框19,和/或后盖21中的导电部分,可以作为电子设备10的参考地,其中,电子设备的边框11、PCB17等可以通过与中框的电连接实现接地。In one embodiment, the middle frame 19 and/or the conductive parts in the back cover 21 can be used as the reference ground of the electronic device 10, wherein the frame 11, PCB 17, etc. of the electronic device can be grounded through electrical connection with the middle frame.

电子设备10的天线还可以设置于外壳内,例如支架天线、毫米波天线等(图1中未示出)。设置于壳体内的天线的净空可以由中框、和/或边框、和/或后盖、和/或显示屏中任一个上的开缝/开孔来得到,或者由任几个之间形成的非导电缝隙/孔径来得到,天线的净空设置可以保证天线的辐射特性。应可理解,天线的净空可以是由电子设备10内的任意导电元器件来形成的非导电区域,天线通过该非导电区域向外部空间辐射信号。在一个实施例中,天线40的形式可以为基于柔性主板(flexible printed circuit,FPC)的天线形式,基于激光直接成型(laser-direct-structuring,LDS)的天线形式或者微带天线(microstrip disk antenna,MDA)等天线形式。在一个实施例中,天线也可采用嵌设于电子设备10的屏幕内部的透明结构,使得该天线为嵌设于电子设备10的屏幕内部的透明天线单元。The antenna of the electronic device 10 can also be arranged in the housing, such as a bracket antenna, a millimeter wave antenna, etc. (not shown in FIG. 1 ). The clearance of the antenna arranged in the housing can be obtained by the slits/openings on any one of the middle frame, and/or the frame, and/or the back cover, and/or the display screen, or by the non-conductive gap/aperture formed between any of them. The clearance setting of the antenna can ensure the radiation characteristics of the antenna. It should be understood that the clearance of the antenna can be a non-conductive area formed by any conductive component in the electronic device 10, and the antenna radiates signals to the external space through the non-conductive area. In one embodiment, the antenna 40 can be in the form of an antenna based on a flexible printed circuit (FPC), an antenna based on laser direct structuring (LDS), or a microstrip disk antenna (MDA). In one embodiment, the antenna can also adopt a transparent structure embedded in the screen of the electronic device 10, so that the antenna is a transparent antenna unit embedded in the screen of the electronic device 10.

图1仅示意性的示出了电子设备10包括的一些部件,这些部件的实际形状、实际大小和实际构造不受图1限定。FIG. 1 schematically shows only some components of the electronic device 10 , and the actual shapes, sizes and structures of these components are not limited by FIG. 1 .

应理解,在本申请的实施例中,可以认为电子设备的显示屏所在的面为正面,后盖所在的面为背面,边框所在的面为侧面。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the surface where the display screen of the electronic device is located can be considered as the front side, the surface where the back cover is located can be considered as the back side, and the surface where the frame is located can be considered as the side side.

首先,由图2和图3来介绍本申请将涉及两个天线模式。其中,图2是本申请提供的一种天线的共模模式的结构及对应的电流、电场的分布示意图。图3是本申请提供的另一种天线的差模模式的结构及对应的电流、电场的分布示意图。图2和图3中的天线辐射体两端开放,其共模模式和差模模式可以分别称为线共模模式和线差模模式。First, the present application will involve two antenna modes as introduced by FIG. 2 and FIG. 3. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a common mode of an antenna provided by the present application and the corresponding current and electric field distribution. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a differential mode of another antenna provided by the present application and the corresponding current and electric field distribution. The antenna radiator in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 has open ends, and its common mode mode and differential mode can be respectively referred to as a line common mode mode and a line differential mode mode.

应可理解,本申请中的“共模模式”或“CM模式”包括线共模模式和槽共模模式,而本申请中的“差模模式”或“DM模式”包括线差模模式和槽差模模式,具体可以根据天线的结构来确定。It should be understood that the "common mode mode" or "CM mode" in this application includes a line common mode mode and a slot common mode mode, and the "differential mode mode" or "DM mode" in this application includes a line differential mode mode and a slot differential mode mode, which can be specifically determined according to the structure of the antenna.

应可理解,本申请中的“共-差模模式”或“CM-DM模式”是指同一辐射体上产生的线共模模式和线差模模式,或者是指同一辐射体上产生的槽共模模式和槽差模模式,具体可以根据天线的结构来确定。It should be understood that the "common-differential mode" or "CM-DM mode" in this application refers to the line common mode mode and the line differential mode mode generated on the same radiator, or refers to the slot common mode mode and the slot differential mode mode generated on the same radiator, which can be specifically determined according to the structure of the antenna.

1、线共模(common mode,CM)模式1. Common mode (CM) mode

图2中的(a)示出天线40的辐射体两端开放,并在中间位置41处连接馈电电路(图未示)。在一个实施例中,天线40的馈电形式采用对称馈电(symmetrical feed)。馈电电路可以通过馈电线42连接在天线40的中间位置41。应理解,对称馈电可以理解为馈电电路一端连接辐射体,另外一端接地,其中,馈电电路与辐射体连接点(馈电点)位于辐射体中心,辐射体中心,例如可以是几何结构的中点,或者,电长度的中点(或上述中点附近一定范围内的区域)。(a) in FIG. 2 shows that both ends of the radiator of the antenna 40 are open, and a feeding circuit (not shown) is connected at the middle position 41. In one embodiment, the feeding form of the antenna 40 adopts symmetrical feed. The feeding circuit can be connected to the middle position 41 of the antenna 40 through a feeding line 42. It should be understood that symmetrical feeding can be understood as one end of the feeding circuit is connected to the radiator and the other end is grounded, wherein the connection point between the feeding circuit and the radiator (feeding point) is located at the center of the radiator, and the center of the radiator can be, for example, the midpoint of the geometric structure, or the midpoint of the electrical length (or an area within a certain range near the above midpoint).

天线40的中间位置41,例如可以是天线的几何中心,或者,辐射体的电长度的中点,例如馈电线42与天线40连接处覆盖中间位置41。The middle position 41 of the antenna 40 may be, for example, the geometric center of the antenna, or the midpoint of the electrical length of the radiator. For example, the connection between the feed line 42 and the antenna 40 covers the middle position 41 .

图2中的(b)示出了天线40的电流、电场分布。如图2中的(b)所示,电流在中间位置41两侧呈现反向分布,例如对称分布;电场在中间位置41两侧,呈现同向分布。如图2中的(b)所示,馈电线42处的电流呈现同向分布。基于馈电线42处的电流同向分布,图2中的(a)所示的这种馈电可称为线CM馈电。基于电流在辐射体与馈电线42连接处的两侧呈现反向分布,图2中的(b)所示的这种天线模式,可以称为线CM模式(也可简称为CM模式,例如对于线天线而言,CM模式则指的是线CM模式)。图2中的(b)所示的电流、电场可分别称为线CM模式的电流、电场。(b) in FIG2 shows the current and electric field distribution of the antenna 40. As shown in (b) in FIG2, the current is distributed in opposite directions on both sides of the middle position 41, for example, symmetrically; the electric field is distributed in the same direction on both sides of the middle position 41. As shown in (b) in FIG2, the current at the feeder 42 is distributed in the same direction. Based on the same direction distribution of the current at the feeder 42, the feeding shown in (a) in FIG2 can be called line CM feeding. Based on the opposite distribution of the current on both sides of the connection between the radiator and the feeder 42, the antenna mode shown in (b) in FIG2 can be called a line CM mode (it can also be referred to as a CM mode for short, for example, for a line antenna, the CM mode refers to a line CM mode). The current and electric field shown in (b) in FIG2 can be respectively referred to as the current and electric field of the line CM mode.

电流在天线40的中间位置41处较强(电流大点位于天线40的中间位置41附近),在天线40的两端较弱,如图2中的(b)所示。电场在天线40的中间位置41处较弱,在天线40的两端较强。The current is stronger at the middle position 41 of the antenna 40 (the current is stronger near the middle position 41 of the antenna 40), and weaker at both ends of the antenna 40, as shown in (b) of Figure 2. The electric field is weaker at the middle position 41 of the antenna 40, and stronger at both ends of the antenna 40.

2、线差模(differential mode,DM)模式2. Line differential mode (DM) mode

如图3中的(a)示出天线50的两个辐射体的左右两端为开放端,并在中间位置51处连接馈电电路。在一个实施例中,天线50的馈电形式采用反对称馈电(anti-symmetrical feed)。馈电电路的一端通过馈电线52与其中一个辐射体连接,馈电电路的另一端通过馈电线52与其中另一个辐射体连接。中间位置51可以是天线50的几何中心,或者,辐射体之间形成的缝隙。As shown in (a) of FIG. 3 , the left and right ends of the two radiators of the antenna 50 are open ends, and a feeding circuit is connected at the middle position 51. In one embodiment, the feeding form of the antenna 50 adopts anti-symmetrical feed. One end of the feeding circuit is connected to one of the radiators through a feeding line 52, and the other end of the feeding circuit is connected to the other radiator through a feeding line 52. The middle position 51 can be the geometric center of the antenna 50, or the gap formed between the radiators.

应理解,本申请中提到的“中心反对称馈电”可以理解为,馈电单元的正负两极分别连接在辐射体的上述中点附近的两个连接点。在一个实施例中,馈电单元的正负极输出的信号幅度相同,相位相反,例如相位相差180°±10°。It should be understood that the "center antisymmetric feeding" mentioned in this application can be understood as that the positive and negative poles of the feeding unit are respectively connected to two connection points near the above-mentioned midpoint of the radiator. In one embodiment, the positive and negative poles of the feeding unit output signals with the same amplitude and opposite phases, for example, the phase difference is 180°±10°.

图3中的(b)示出了天线50的电流、电场分布。如图3中的(b)所示,电流在天线50的中间位置51两侧呈现同向分布,例如反对称分布;电场在中间位置51两侧呈反向分布。如图3中的(b)所示,馈电线52处的电流呈现反向分布。基于馈电线52处的电流反向分布,图3中的(a)所示的这种馈电可称为线DM馈电。基于电流在辐射体与馈电线52连接处的两侧呈现同向分布,图3中的(b)所示的这种天线模式可以称为线DM模式(也可简称为DM模式,例如对于线天线而言,DM模式则指的是线DM模式)。图3中的(b)所示的电流、电场可分别称为线DM模式的电流、电场。(b) in FIG3 shows the current and electric field distribution of the antenna 50. As shown in (b) in FIG3, the current is distributed in the same direction on both sides of the middle position 51 of the antenna 50, for example, in an antisymmetric distribution; the electric field is distributed in opposite directions on both sides of the middle position 51. As shown in (b) in FIG3, the current at the feeder 52 is distributed in opposite directions. Based on the opposite distribution of the current at the feeder 52, the feeding shown in (a) in FIG3 can be called line DM feeding. Based on the fact that the current is distributed in the same direction on both sides of the connection between the radiator and the feeder 52, the antenna mode shown in (b) in FIG3 can be called a line DM mode (it can also be referred to as a DM mode for short, for example, for a linear antenna, the DM mode refers to a line DM mode). The current and electric field shown in (b) in FIG3 can be respectively referred to as the current and electric field of the line DM mode.

电流在天线50的中间位置51处较强(电流大点位于天线50的中间位置51附近),在天线50的两端较弱,如图3中的(b)所示。电场在天线50的中间位置51处较弱,在线天线50的两端较强。The current is stronger at the middle position 51 of the antenna 50 (the current is stronger near the middle position 51 of the antenna 50), and weaker at both ends of the antenna 50, as shown in (b) of FIG3. The electric field is weaker at the middle position 51 of the antenna 50, and stronger at both ends of the wire antenna 50.

应理解,对于天线辐射体,可以理解为产生辐射的金属结构件,其数量可以是一件,如图2所示,或者,也可以是两件,如图3所示,可以根据实际的设计或生产需要进行调整。例如,对于线CM模式,也可以如图3所示采用两个辐射体,两个辐射体的两端相对设置并间隔一缝隙,在相互靠近的两端采用对称馈电的方式,例如在两个辐射体相互靠近的两端分别馈入同一馈源信号,也可以获得与图2所示天线结构类似的效果。相应的,对于线DM模式,也可以如图2所示采用一个辐射体,在辐射体的中间位置设置两个馈电点并采用反对称馈电的方式,例如在该辐射体上对称的两个馈电点如分别馈入幅度相同、相位相反的信号,也可以获得与图3所示天线结构类似的效果。It should be understood that the antenna radiator can be understood as a metal structural part that generates radiation, and the number can be one, as shown in FIG. 2, or two, as shown in FIG. 3, which can be adjusted according to actual design or production needs. For example, for the line CM mode, two radiators can be used as shown in FIG. 3, and the two ends of the two radiators are arranged opposite to each other and separated by a gap. A symmetrical feeding method is adopted at the two ends close to each other, for example, the same feed source signal is fed into the two ends close to each other, and an effect similar to the antenna structure shown in FIG. 2 can also be obtained. Correspondingly, for the line DM mode, a radiator can be used as shown in FIG. 2, two feeding points are set in the middle position of the radiator, and an anti-symmetric feeding method is adopted. For example, if two symmetrical feeding points on the radiator are fed with signals with the same amplitude and opposite phases, an effect similar to the antenna structure shown in FIG. 3 can also be obtained.

3、线CM-DM模式3. Line CM-DM mode

上述图2和图3分别示出了辐射体两端开放时,采用不同的馈电方式分别产生的线CM模式和线DM模式。FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 above respectively show the line CM mode and the line DM mode generated by using different feeding methods when both ends of the radiator are open.

当天线的馈电形式采用不对称馈电(馈电点偏离辐射体的中间位置,包括边馈或偏馈),或者辐射体的接地点(与地板耦合处)为不对称(接地点偏离辐射体的中间位置),天线可以同时产生第一谐振和第二谐振,分别对应于线CM模式和线DM模式。例如,第一谐振对应于线CM模式,电流和电场分布如图2中的(b)所示。第二谐振对应于线DM模式,电流和电场分布如图3中的(b)所示。When the antenna is fed in an asymmetric manner (the feeding point is offset from the middle of the radiator, including side feeding or offset feeding), or the grounding point of the radiator (where it is coupled with the floor) is asymmetric (the grounding point is offset from the middle of the radiator), the antenna can simultaneously generate the first resonance and the second resonance, corresponding to the line CM mode and the line DM mode, respectively. For example, the first resonance corresponds to the line CM mode, and the current and electric field distribution are shown in (b) of Figure 2. The second resonance corresponds to the line DM mode, and the current and electric field distribution are shown in (b) of Figure 3.

图4是本申请实施例提供的一种卫星通信的使用场景示意图。FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a satellite communication usage scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图4所示,在用户通过电子设备进行卫星通信时,需要将电子设备中天线具有较好辐射特性的区域指向卫星,以实现对星(与卫星建立通信连接)。As shown in FIG. 4 , when a user performs satellite communication through an electronic device, it is necessary to point the area of the antenna in the electronic device with better radiation characteristics toward the satellite to achieve satellite alignment (establish a communication connection with the satellite).

在进行卫星通信时,电子设备与卫星的相对位置发生变化,例如,低轨卫星移动,卫星可能会超出天线具有较好辐射特性的区域(例如,天线在与顶部方向呈30°以内的区域内具有良好的辐射特性,而卫星位于该区域外)。在这种情况下,需要用户改变握持姿势或进行移动以使卫星仍处于天线具有较好辐射特性的区域以保持对星状态或与新的卫星建立连接,否则会造成通信质量差甚至掉线的问题,极大影响了用户的通信体验。During satellite communications, the relative position of the electronic device and the satellite changes. For example, when a low-orbit satellite moves, the satellite may exceed the area where the antenna has good radiation characteristics (for example, the antenna has good radiation characteristics within 30° from the top direction, and the satellite is outside this area). In this case, the user needs to change the holding posture or move the device so that the satellite is still in the area where the antenna has good radiation characteristics to maintain the satellite alignment or establish a connection with a new satellite. Otherwise, poor communication quality or even disconnection will occur, greatly affecting the user's communication experience.

本申请提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括天线。该天线的工作频段包括卫星通信频段。该天线至少由边框的导电部分作为辐射体。该天线可以产生不同的最大辐射方向,从而可以提升用户进行卫星通信时的体验。The present application provides an electronic device, which includes an antenna. The working frequency band of the antenna includes a satellite communication frequency band. The antenna uses at least a conductive part of a frame as a radiator. The antenna can generate different maximum radiation directions, thereby improving the user experience when performing satellite communication.

应理解,本申请实施例中所述的辐射体、寄生枝节在电子设备的不同使用场景下可以具有不同的功能。例如,在本申请实施例中,以电子设备进行第一卫星系统下的通信为例进行说明,在该使用场景下,辐射体、寄生枝节用于产生是适用于该第一卫星系统的通信的谐振以及方向图。而在其他场景中,例如,电子设备未进行第一卫星系统下的卫星通信,辐射体、寄生枝节可以分别作为不同的通信系统的辐射体或寄生枝节,例如,蜂窝系统中天线的辐射体或寄生枝节,或者,WiFi中天线的辐射体或寄生枝节。It should be understood that the radiator and parasitic branches described in the embodiments of the present application may have different functions in different usage scenarios of the electronic device. For example, in the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device performing communication under the first satellite system is taken as an example for explanation. In this usage scenario, the radiator and parasitic branches are used to generate resonance and a directional pattern suitable for communication with the first satellite system. In other scenarios, for example, the electronic device does not perform satellite communication under the first satellite system, and the radiator and parasitic branches can be used as radiators or parasitic branches of different communication systems, for example, radiators or parasitic branches of antennas in cellular systems, or radiators or parasitic branches of antennas in WiFi.

因此,本申请实施例与电子设备进行卫星通信相关,当电子设备进行卫星通信(或具备卫星通信功能)均适用于本申请实施例。Therefore, the embodiments of the present application are related to electronic devices performing satellite communications, and any electronic device performing satellite communications (or having satellite communication functions) is applicable to the embodiments of the present application.

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图5所示,电子设备10包括边框11、天线200和地板300。As shown in FIG. 5 , the electronic device 10 includes a frame 11 , an antenna 200 , and a floor 300 .

其中,边框11的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。边框11包括第一位置201和第二位置202。边框11在第一位置201和第二位置202开设第一绝缘缝隙和第二绝缘缝隙。At least part of the frame 11 is spaced apart from the floor 300. The frame 11 includes a first position 201 and a second position 202. The frame 11 is provided with a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap at the first position 201 and the second position 202.

在一个实施例中,第一绝缘缝隙的宽度大于或等于0.2mm且小于或等于2mm。应理解,在本申请实施例中的边框上所开设的缝隙的宽度均可以在上述范围内,为了论述的简洁,不再一一赘述。其中,“绝缘缝隙的宽度”应理解为在两段导电材料(例如,两段辐射体)之间延伸的方向上的尺寸。In one embodiment, the width of the first insulating gap is greater than or equal to 0.2 mm and less than or equal to 2 mm. It should be understood that the width of the gaps provided on the frame in the embodiment of the present application can be within the above range, and for the sake of simplicity, they will not be described one by one. Among them, the "width of the insulating gap" should be understood as the dimension in the direction extending between two sections of conductive material (for example, two sections of radiators).

边框11包括第一边131、以及与第一边131呈角相交的第二边132,第一边131的长度小于第二边132的长度。第一位置201和第二位置202位于第一边131。在一个实施例中,第一边131可以理解为电子设备10的短边。当电子设备10为包括多个壳体的可折叠电子设备时,第一边131可以理解为电子设备10处于折叠状态下的短边。【The frame 11 includes a first side 131 and a second side 132 that intersects the first side 131 at an angle, and the length of the first side 131 is less than the length of the second side 132. The first position 201 and the second position 202 are located at the first side 131. In one embodiment, the first side 131 can be understood as a short side of the electronic device 10. When the electronic device 10 is a foldable electronic device including multiple shells, the first side 131 can be understood as a short side of the electronic device 10 in a folded state.

应理解,第一边131可以为电子设备10的顶边或底边,为了论述的简洁,仅以第一边131为电子设备10的顶边为例进行说明。其中,电子设备10的顶边/底边可以理解为常规使用状态下顶部/底部的边,例如,手机中可以理解为桌面(desktop)、图形用户界面(graphical user interface,GUI)下的顶部/底部的边。It should be understood that the first side 131 may be the top side or the bottom side of the electronic device 10. For the sake of simplicity, the first side 131 is only taken as the top side of the electronic device 10 for illustration. The top side/bottom side of the electronic device 10 may be understood as the top/bottom side in a normal use state, for example, in a mobile phone, it may be understood as the top/bottom side under a desktop or a graphical user interface (GUI).

天线200包括辐射体210、馈电电路220、第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232和第一开关241。The antenna 200 includes a radiator 210 , a feeding circuit 220 , a first switch branch 231 , a second switch branch 232 , and a first switch 241 .

其中,辐射体210包括边框11在第一位置201和第二位置202之间的导电部分。辐射体210的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。The radiator 210 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the first position 201 and the second position 202. At least a portion of the radiator 210 is spaced apart from the floor 300.

辐射体210包括馈电点221,馈电电路220与馈电点221耦合,为天线200馈入电信号。The radiator 210 includes a feeding point 221 , and the feeding circuit 220 is coupled to the feeding point 221 to feed an electrical signal into the antenna 200 .

应理解,为了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以耦合连接中的电连接为例进行说明,在实际生产或设计中,也可以通过间接耦合的方式实现。It should be understood that for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the electrical connection in the coupling connection is used as an example for explanation. In actual production or design, it can also be achieved through indirect coupling.

辐射体210包括第一连接点211。第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232和第一开关241耦合连接于第一连接点211和地板300之间。第一开关241的第一连接端口与第一开关支路231耦合,第一开关241的第二连接端口与第二开关支路232耦合。The radiator 210 includes a first connection point 211. A first switch branch 231, a second switch branch 232 and a first switch 241 are coupled between the first connection point 211 and the floor 300. A first connection port of the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and a second connection port of the first switch 241 is coupled to the second switch branch 232.

为便于理解,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以看做是并联设置的。在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232并联于地板300和第一连接点211之间。在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232均通过第一开关241并联于地板300和第一连接点211之间。For ease of understanding, the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 can be considered to be arranged in parallel. In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are connected in parallel between the floor 300 and the first connection point 211. In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are both connected in parallel between the floor 300 and the first connection point 211 through the first switch 241.

应理解,本申请中的“第一开关”、“第二开关”和“第三开关”等,均可以包括一个或多个开关器件;本申请中的“第一连接点”、“第二连接点”和“第三连接点”等,均可以包括一个或多个连接点。在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231可以通过第一开关中的一个开关器件,以及第一连接点211中的一个连接点,耦合于地板300与辐射体210之间;第二开关支路232可以通过第一开关中的另一个开关器件,以及第一连接点211中的另一个连接点,耦合于地板300与辐射体210之间。在本申请实施例中,开关仅作为切换至与辐射体/寄生枝节耦合的不同开关支路使用,并不限制其具体的位置和具体的形式。It should be understood that the "first switch", "second switch" and "third switch" in the present application may include one or more switch devices; the "first connection point", "second connection point" and "third connection point" in the present application may include one or more connection points. In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 may be coupled between the floor 300 and the radiator 210 through a switch device in the first switch and a connection point in the first connection point 211; the second switch branch 232 may be coupled between the floor 300 and the radiator 210 through another switch device in the first switch and another connection point in the first connection point 211. In the embodiment of the present application, the switch is only used as a switch branch for switching to a different switch branch coupled with the radiator/parasitic branch, and its specific position and specific form are not limited.

应理解,在本申请实施例中,开关支路可以理解为开关与连接点(例如,第一连接点211)或地板300之间的电路,可以由开关切换至不同的开关支路,从而使与连接点耦合连接的等效电容、等效电阻或等效电感不同。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the switch branch can be understood as a circuit between the switch and the connection point (for example, the first connection point 211) or the floor 300, and can be switched to different switch branches by the switch, so that the equivalent capacitance, equivalent resistance or equivalent inductance coupled to the connection point is different.

一个实施例中,开关支路可以包括一个或多个电子元件,多个电子元件之间可以串联、并联以实现不同的等效电容值和/或等效电感值和/或等效电阻值。一个实施例中,开关支路中也可以包括开关,通过开关切换该开关支路下不同状态的等效电容值和/或等效电感值和/或等效电阻值。In one embodiment, the switch branch may include one or more electronic components, and the multiple electronic components may be connected in series or in parallel to achieve different equivalent capacitance values and/or equivalent inductance values and/or equivalent resistance values. In one embodiment, the switch branch may also include a switch, and the equivalent capacitance value and/or equivalent inductance value and/or equivalent resistance value of different states of the switch branch may be switched by the switch.

一个实施例中,开关支路可以不包括电子元件。开关支路可以用于确定第一连接点处的边界条件。例如,该开关支路呈断路状态,当开关公共端口与该开关支路连接时,第一连接点211处断路状态(不与地板300通过器件耦合)。或者,该开关支路呈短路状态,当开关公共端口与该开关支路连接时,第一连接点211处短路状态(与地板300枝节电连接,未设置其他电子元件)。为了论述的简洁,在图5所示的电子设备10中,仅以第一开关支路231包括等效的第一电子元件、第二开关支路232包括等效的第二电子元件为例进行说明。In one embodiment, the switch branch may not include electronic components. The switch branch may be used to determine the boundary conditions at the first connection point. For example, the switch branch is in an open circuit state, and when the switch common port is connected to the switch branch, the first connection point 211 is in an open circuit state (not coupled to the floor 300 through a device). Alternatively, the switch branch is in a short circuit state, and when the switch common port is connected to the switch branch, the first connection point 211 is in a short circuit state (electrically connected to the floor 300, and no other electronic components are provided). For the sake of simplicity in discussion, in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 5, only the first switch branch 231 includes an equivalent first electronic component, and the second switch branch 232 includes an equivalent second electronic component.

馈电点221和第一连接点211分别位于辐射体210的虚拟轴线的两侧,虚拟轴线两侧的辐射体210长度相同。The feeding point 221 and the first connection point 211 are respectively located on two sides of a virtual axis of the radiator 210 , and the lengths of the radiator 210 on both sides of the virtual axis are the same.

应理解,在本申请实施例中所述的虚拟轴线的两侧可以理解为虚拟轴线与电子设备10的厚度方向(例如,垂直于显示屏的方向)(例如,x方向)形成的平面的两侧。It should be understood that the two sides of the virtual axis described in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the two sides of the plane formed by the virtual axis and the thickness direction of the electronic device 10 (for example, the direction perpendicular to the display screen) (for example, the x direction).

同时,由于在生产设计中需求,边框11朝向地板300(朝向电子设备10的内部)的边沿并不平整,因此,在申请实施例中,辐射体210的虚拟轴线可以理解为穿过辐射体210的中心且垂直于辐射体210的延伸方向的直线。At the same time, due to requirements in production design, the edge of the frame 11 facing the floor 300 (towards the inside of the electronic device 10) is not flat. Therefore, in the application embodiment, the virtual axis of the radiator 210 can be understood as a straight line passing through the center of the radiator 210 and perpendicular to the extension direction of the radiator 210.

当第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合。例如,第一开关241的公共端口与第一开关241的第一连接端口耦合,第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合。辐射体210用于产生第一谐振,第一谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段,第一频段为卫星通信频段中的至少部分频段。When the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231. For example, the common port of the first switch 241 is coupled with the first connection port of the first switch 241, and the first switch branch 231 is coupled with the first connection point 211. The radiator 210 is used to generate a first resonance, and the resonance frequency band of the first resonance includes a first frequency band, and the first frequency band is at least a part of the satellite communication frequency band.

应理解,当辐射体210设置于电子设备10的顶边或底边时,第一谐振的谐振频段包括1.5GHz至4.5GHz内的至少部分频段,天线200可以具有较好的辐射特性(例如,辐射效率,带宽,等等)。It should be understood that when the radiator 210 is arranged on the top or bottom edge of the electronic device 10, the resonant frequency band of the first resonance includes at least part of the frequency band within 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz, and the antenna 200 can have better radiation characteristics (for example, radiation efficiency, bandwidth, etc.).

其中,卫星通信包括:卫星收和/或发短消息(又称短报文)、卫星呼叫和/或接听电话、卫星数据(例如上网),中的至少一种通信业务。Satellite communications include at least one of the following communications services: satellite receiving and/or sending short messages (also known as short messages), satellite calling and/or answering calls, and satellite data (such as Internet access).

在一个实施例中,卫星通信频段可以包括天通卫星系统中的部分频段,可以包括天通卫星系统中的发射频段(1980MHz-2010MHz)和接收频段(2170MHz-2200MHz)。在一个实施例中,卫星通信频段可以包括北斗卫星系统中的部分频段,可以包括北斗卫星系统中的发射频段(1610MHz-1626.5MHz)和接收频段(2483.5MHz-2500MHz)。在一个实施例中,卫星通信频段可以包括低轨道卫星系统中的部分频段,可以包括低轨道卫星系统中的发射频段(1668MHz-1675MHz)和接收频段(1518MHz-1525MHz)。或者,也可以应用于其他卫星通信系统,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。In one embodiment, the satellite communication frequency band may include some frequency bands in the Tiantong satellite system, and may include the transmit frequency band (1980MHz-2010MHz) and the receive frequency band (2170MHz-2200MHz) in the Tiantong satellite system. In one embodiment, the satellite communication frequency band may include some frequency bands in the Beidou satellite system, and may include the transmit frequency band (1610MHz-1626.5MHz) and the receive frequency band (2483.5MHz-2500MHz) in the Beidou satellite system. In one embodiment, the satellite communication frequency band may include some frequency bands in the low-orbit satellite system, and may include the transmit frequency band (1668MHz-1675MHz) and the receive frequency band (1518MHz-1525MHz) in the low-orbit satellite system. Alternatively, it may also be applied to other satellite communication systems, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.

应理解,当电子设备10进行卫星通信时,可以通过电子设备10中内的一个天线或多个天线与通信卫星进行通信。It should be understood that when the electronic device 10 performs satellite communication, it can communicate with the communication satellite through one antenna or multiple antennas in the electronic device 10.

在一个实施例中,当电子设备10进行卫星通信时,可以通过电子设备10中内的一个天线与通信卫星进行通信。在这种情况下,该天线可以在不同的时隙加载不同的电子元件以调整谐振的谐振点频率,从而使天线可以工作于卫星系统的发射频段和接收频段。In one embodiment, when the electronic device 10 performs satellite communication, it can communicate with the communication satellite through an antenna in the electronic device 10. In this case, the antenna can load different electronic components in different time slots to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance, so that the antenna can work in the transmission frequency band and the reception frequency band of the satellite system.

在一个实施例中,当电子设备10进行卫星通信时,可以通过电子设备10中内的多个天线与通信卫星进行通信。在这种情况下,多个天线中的部分的工作频段可以包括卫星系统中的发射频段,多个天线中的其他天线的工作频段可以包括卫星系统的接收频段。In one embodiment, when the electronic device 10 performs satellite communication, it can communicate with the communication satellite through multiple antennas in the electronic device 10. In this case, the operating frequency bands of some of the multiple antennas may include the transmitting frequency bands in the satellite system, and the operating frequency bands of other antennas in the multiple antennas may include the receiving frequency bands of the satellite system.

在一个实施例中,当天线200工作于天通卫星系统(天线200的工作频段包括天通卫星系统中的至少部分频段)时,电子设备10可以通过天线200进行语音通信。在一个实施例中,当天线200工作于北斗卫星系统(天线200的工作频段包括北斗卫星系统中的至少部分频段)时,电子设备10可以通过天线200发送或接收短报文、图片。In one embodiment, when the antenna 200 works in the Tiantong satellite system (the working frequency band of the antenna 200 includes at least part of the frequency band in the Tiantong satellite system), the electronic device 10 can perform voice communication through the antenna 200. In one embodiment, when the antenna 200 works in the Beidou satellite system (the working frequency band of the antenna 200 includes at least part of the frequency band in the Beidou satellite system), the electronic device 10 can send or receive short messages and pictures through the antenna 200.

当第一连接点211与第二开关支路耦合。例如,第一开关241的公共端口与第一开关241的第二连接端口耦合第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合。辐射体210用于产生第二谐振,第二谐振的谐振频段包括上述第一频段。When the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch, for example, the common port of the first switch 241 is coupled with the second connection port of the first switch 241, the second switch branch 232 is coupled with the first connection point 211. The radiator 210 is used to generate a second resonance, and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance includes the above-mentioned first frequency band.

根据本申请实施例,当第一连接点211通过第一开关241耦合至第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232时,例如,第一电子元件或第二电子元件与第一连接点211耦合,辐射体210产生的谐振的谐振频段均可以包括第一频段。According to an embodiment of the present application, when the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 through the first switch 241, for example, the first electronic component or the second electronic component is coupled to the first connection point 211, the resonant frequency band of the resonance generated by the radiator 210 can include the first frequency band.

应理解,当电子设备10通过天线200与通信卫星进行通信。天线200的工作频段可以包括卫星通信频段中的发射频段和接收频段。在一个实施例中,馈电电路220用于传输第一频段的射频信号和第二频段的射频信号。It should be understood that when the electronic device 10 communicates with a communication satellite via the antenna 200, the operating frequency band of the antenna 200 may include a transmitting frequency band and a receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band. In one embodiment, the feed circuit 220 is used to transmit a radio frequency signal of a first frequency band and a radio frequency signal of a second frequency band.

在一个实施例中,在第一时间/时间段,上述实施例中的第一谐振的谐振频段、第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段、第一频段可以为卫星通信频段中的发射频段。In one embodiment, at a first time/time period, the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance in the above embodiment include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.

在一个实施例中,在第一时间/时间段,上述实施例中的第一谐振的谐振频段、第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段,第二频段可以为卫星通信频段中的接收频段。In one embodiment, at the first time/time period, the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance in the above embodiment include a second frequency band, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.

在一个实施例中,第一频段可以为1.5GHz至4.5GHz内的至少部分频段。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于天通卫星系统,第一频段可以为其中的发射频段(1980MHz-2010MHz)。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于北斗卫星系统,第一频段可以为其中的发射频段(1610MHz-1626.5MHz)。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于低轨道卫星系统(例如,星网),第一频段可以为其中的发射频段(1668MHz-1675MHz)。In one embodiment, the first frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1980 MHz-2010 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1610 MHz-1626.5 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in a low-orbit satellite system (e.g., StarNet), and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1668 MHz-1675 MHz) therein.

在一个实施例中,第二频段可以为1.5GHz至4.5GHz内的至少部分频段。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于天通卫星系统,第二频段可以为其中的接收频段(2170MHz-2200MHz)。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于北斗卫星系统,第二频段可以为其中的接收频段(2483.5MHz-2500MHz)。在一个实施例中,第二频段可以为其中的接收频段(1518MHz-1525MHz)。In one embodiment, the second frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2170 MHz-2200 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2483.5 MHz-2500 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (1518 MHz-1525 MHz) therein.

在一个实施例中,天线200还可以包括调谐电路。该调谐电路与辐射体210耦合,用于调整辐射体210产生的谐振的谐振点频率,使第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段或第二频段,从而天线200可以在不同时隙工作于第一频段和第二频段。在一个实施例中,该调谐电路可以包括通过第一开关241耦合至第一连接点的其他开关支路。该开关支路用于调整辐射体210产生的谐振的谐振点频率,使第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段或第二频段。在一个实施例中,该调谐电路可以包括第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以用于使辐射体210产生第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段。其他开关支路可以用于使辐射体210产生的第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段。为了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以天线工作于单个频段为例进行说明。In one embodiment, the antenna 200 may further include a tuning circuit. The tuning circuit is coupled to the radiator 210 and is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band, so that the antenna 200 can operate in the first frequency band and the second frequency band in different time slots. In one embodiment, the tuning circuit may include other switch branches coupled to the first connection point through the first switch 241. The switch branch is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band. In one embodiment, the tuning circuit may include a first switch branch 231 and a second switch branch 232, and the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the first frequency band. Other switch branches may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the second frequency band. For the sake of simplicity, in the embodiments of the present application, only an example of an antenna operating in a single frequency band is used for illustration.

当第一连接点211通过第一开关241耦合至第一开关支路231,天线200产生第一方向图,第一方向图的最大辐射体方向为第一方向。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第一方向图可以认为辐射体210和第一开关支路231用于产生第一方向图。When the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 through the first switch 241, the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the first directional pattern is the first direction. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates the first directional pattern, and it can be considered that the radiator 210 and the first switch branch 231 are used to generate the first directional pattern.

当第一连接点211通过第一开关241耦合至第二开关支路232,天线200产生第二方向图,第二方向图的最大辐射体方向为第二方向。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第二方向图可以认为辐射体210和第二开关支路232用于产生第二方向图。第一方向和第二方向不同。When the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232 through the first switch 241, the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the second directional pattern is the second direction. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates the second directional pattern, and it can be considered that the radiator 210 and the second switch branch 232 are used to generate the second directional pattern. The first direction and the second direction are different.

应理解,在本申请实施例(例如,在图5所示的电子设备10)中,以天线200处于同一工作状态为例进行说明。其中,同一工作状态可以理解为天线200的工作频段要么包括第一频段,要么包括第二频段,天线200在第一开关241耦合至第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232时均可以在该相应的频段进行通信。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application (for example, in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 5 ), the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description. The same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 either including the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the corresponding frequency band when the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232.

第一频段为卫星通信频段中的发射频段(例如,天通卫星系统中的发射频段,1980MHz-2010MHz),天线200则可以通过第一连接点211耦合至第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232产生的第一方向图或第二方向图向通信卫星发射射频信号。The first frequency band is a transmitting frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band (for example, the transmitting frequency band in the Tiantong satellite system, 1980MHz-2010MHz), and the antenna 200 can be coupled to the first switching branch 231 or the second switching branch 232 through the first connection point 211 to generate the first directional pattern or the second directional pattern to transmit a radio frequency signal to the communication satellite.

第二频段为卫星通信频段中的接收频段(例如,天通卫星系统中的接收频段,2170MHz-2200MHz),天线200则可以通过第一连接点211耦合至第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232产生的第一方向图或第二方向图接收通信卫星发送的射频信号。The second frequency band is a receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band (for example, the receiving frequency band in the Tiantong satellite system, 2170MHz-2200MHz), and the antenna 200 can be coupled to the first directional pattern or the second directional pattern generated by the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 through the first connection point 211 to receive the radio frequency signal sent by the communication satellite.

当电子设备10通过天线200在不同时隙分别作为与通信卫星进行发射和接收的天线,则天线200的工作频段可以在不同的时隙分别包括卫星系统的发射频段或接收频段。在对应的时隙,天线200均可以通过产生的第一方向图或第二方向图向通信卫星发射射频信号或者接收通信卫星发送的射频信号。When the electronic device 10 is used as an antenna for transmitting and receiving with a communication satellite in different time slots through the antenna 200, the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the transmitting frequency band or the receiving frequency band of the satellite system in different time slots. In the corresponding time slot, the antenna 200 can transmit a radio frequency signal to the communication satellite or receive a radio frequency signal sent by the communication satellite through the generated first directional pattern or the second directional pattern.

天线200可以在第一频段具有两个最大辐射方向不同的方向图,天线200可以根据通信卫星与电子设备10的通信状况(例如,包括相对位置)切换天线200产生的第一方向图和第二方向图,以切换天线200产生的方向图的最大辐射方向,保证和通信卫星之间的通信质量。Antenna 200 can have two directional patterns with different maximum radiation directions in the first frequency band. Antenna 200 can switch the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern generated by antenna 200 according to the communication status (for example, including relative position) between the communication satellite and the electronic device 10 to switch the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by antenna 200 to ensure the communication quality between the communication satellite and the electronic device 10.

因此,电子设备10在与顶部方向(由电子设备底部指向顶部的方向,例如,z方向)呈较大的角度(例如,50°,60°,或,70°)的范围内均具有良好的通信特性。例如,当用户进行卫星通信时,天线200具有宽波束的特性,天线200产生的方向图在较大的角度内均具有良好的特性,有效提升了用户体验。Therefore, the electronic device 10 has good communication characteristics within a range of a large angle (e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°) with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction). For example, when the user performs satellite communication, the antenna 200 has a wide beam characteristic, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 has good characteristics within a large angle, which effectively improves the user experience.

同时,第一谐振/第二谐振由上述实施例中所述的线DM模式产生。由于线DM模式产生的电流主要由辐射体210产生,电流主要集中在辐射体210上,地板300上的电流对天线200的影响较小,容易确定天线200产生的方向图的最大辐射方向。在一个实施例中,辐射体210的两端为开放端,辐射体210可以工作于二分之一波长模式。辐射体210的电长度为第一波长的二分之一,第一波长为辐射体210产生的谐振对应的波长。其中,谐振对应的波长可以理解为谐振的谐振点对应的波长,或谐振频段的中心频率对应的波长。应理解,上述波长均为真空波长,由于介质波长与真空波长存在一定的换算关系,也可以将上述真空波长换算为介质波长。At the same time, the first resonance/second resonance is generated by the line DM mode described in the above embodiment. Since the current generated by the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator 210, the current is mainly concentrated on the radiator 210, and the current on the floor 300 has little effect on the antenna 200, so it is easy to determine the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200. In one embodiment, both ends of the radiator 210 are open ends, and the radiator 210 can operate in a half-wavelength mode. The electrical length of the radiator 210 is half of the first wavelength, and the first wavelength is the wavelength corresponding to the resonance generated by the radiator 210. Among them, the wavelength corresponding to the resonance can be understood as the wavelength corresponding to the resonance point of the resonance, or the wavelength corresponding to the center frequency of the resonance frequency band. It should be understood that the above wavelengths are all vacuum wavelengths. Since there is a certain conversion relationship between the medium wavelength and the vacuum wavelength, the above vacuum wavelength can also be converted to the medium wavelength.

并且,对于线CM模式来说,可以激励起地板的横向模式(占比超过纵向模式),但地板上的横向模式对应的电流会相互抵消,因此,线CM模式的系统效率和辐射效率较低。而对于线DM模式来说,在线DM模式下天线的辐射主要由辐射体产生,线DM模式的系统效率和辐射效率相较于线CM模式更优。Moreover, for the line CM mode, the transverse mode of the floor can be excited (accounting for more than the longitudinal mode), but the currents corresponding to the transverse modes on the floor will cancel each other out, so the system efficiency and radiation efficiency of the line CM mode are low. For the line DM mode, the radiation of the antenna in the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator, and the system efficiency and radiation efficiency of the line DM mode are better than those of the line CM mode.

在一个实施例中,第一方向和第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于10°,且小于或等于90°。In one embodiment, an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.

应理解,当第一方向图的最大辐射方向和第二方向图的最大辐射方向朝顶部方向两侧偏移(第一方向和第二方向之间具有更大的角度),则可以进一步展宽天线200辐射波束的宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。It should be understood that when the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern are offset toward both sides of the top direction (there is a larger angle between the first direction and the second direction), the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200 can be further widened, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以用于调整辐射体210以及地板300上的电流分布。In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 can be used to adjust the current distribution on the radiator 210 and the floor 300 .

在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,如图6中的(a)和(b)所示。In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, as shown in (a) and (b) in Figure 6.

在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的辐射体210上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的辐射体210上的电流。In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the radiator 210 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the radiator 210 on the second side of the virtual axis.

在一个实施例中,第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,如图6中的(c)和(d)所示。In one embodiment, the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is smaller than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, as shown in (c) and (d) in FIG6 .

在一个实施例中,第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的辐射体210上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的辐射体210上的电流。In one embodiment, the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the radiator 210 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the radiator 210 on the second side of the virtual axis.

应理解,在本申请实施例中所述的地板300上的电流可以理解为在地板300靠近辐射体/寄生枝节的边沿附近的电流,例如,与该边沿距离为30mm内的电流。It should be understood that the current on the floor 300 described in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the current near the edge of the floor 300 close to the radiator/parasitic branch, for example, the current within 30 mm from the edge.

应理解,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,天线200产生的方向图朝向第二侧偏转。当虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,天线200产生的方向图朝向第一侧偏转。第一方向和第二方向之间具有更大的角度,则可以进一步展宽天线辐射波束的宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。It should be understood that the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 is deflected toward the second side. When the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 is deflected toward the first side. With a larger angle between the first direction and the second direction, the width of the antenna radiation beam can be further widened, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

因此,第一连接点211通过第一开关241耦合至不同的开关支路,可以调整地板300上的电流分布,从而使天线200产生的方向图的最大辐射方向产生偏转。Therefore, the first connection point 211 is coupled to different switch branches through the first switch 241 , so that the current distribution on the floor 300 can be adjusted, thereby deflecting the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 .

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第一侧,馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第二侧。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point 221 is located on a second side of the virtual axis.

在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以均呈容性。第一开关支路231的等效电容值和第二开关支路232的等效电容值可以均小于或等于2pF。In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be capacitive. The equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 may both be less than or equal to 2 pF.

应理解,当第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232呈容性时,第一开关支路231的等效电容值小于第二开关支路232的等效电容值。It should be understood that when the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are capacitive, the equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 is smaller than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 .

当第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流减弱,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流增强。When the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , compared to when the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is weakened, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is strengthened.

当第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流增强,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流减弱。When the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , compared to when the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is increased, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is decreased.

在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以均呈感性。第一开关支路231的等效电感值和第二开关支路232的等效电感值可以均大于或等于5nH,且小于或等于100nH。In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be inductive. The equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 may both be greater than or equal to 5 nH and less than or equal to 100 nH.

应理解,当第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232呈感性时,第一开关支路231的等效电感值小于第二开关支路232的等效电感值。It should be understood that when the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are inductive, the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 is smaller than the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 .

当第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流减弱,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流增强。When the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , compared to when the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is weakened, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is strengthened.

当第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流增强,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流减弱。When the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , compared to when the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is increased, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is decreased.

在一个实施例中,第一开关支路231可以呈容性,第二开关支路232可以呈感性。In one embodiment, the first switch branch 231 may be capacitive, and the second switch branch 232 may be inductive.

当第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流减弱,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流增强。When the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , compared to when the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is weakened, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is strengthened.

当第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流增强,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流减弱。When the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , compared to when the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 , the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is increased, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is decreased.

应理解,为了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第一侧、馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第二侧为例进行说明,在实际的生产或应用中,第一连接点211也可以位于虚拟轴线的第二侧、馈电点221也可以位于虚拟轴线的第一侧,类似的,也可以相应理解。It should be understood that for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the example in which the first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis and the feeding point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis is used for illustration. In actual production or application, the first connection point 211 may also be located on the second side of the virtual axis and the feeding point 221 may also be located on the first side of the virtual axis. Similarly, it can be understood accordingly.

在一个实施例中,辐射体210还可以包括接地点222,如图7所示。接地点222位于第一连接点211和馈电点221之间。辐射体210在接地点222与地板300耦合。In one embodiment, the radiator 210 may further include a grounding point 222, as shown in FIG7 . The grounding point 222 is located between the first connection point 211 and the feeding point 221 . The radiator 210 is coupled to the floor 300 at the grounding point 222 .

应理解,当辐射体210在接地点222与地板300耦合,可以使第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,辐射体210还用于产生第三谐振。第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,辐射体210还用于产生第四谐振。第三谐振和第四谐振由上述实施例中所述的线CM模式产生。在一个实施例中,在第三谐振的谐振点或第四谐振的谐振点,辐射体210上的电流在接地点222两侧反向。在一个实施例中,第三谐振的谐振点频率低于第一谐振的谐振点频率。第四谐振的谐振点频率低于第二谐振的谐振点频率。It should be understood that when the radiator 210 is coupled to the floor 300 at the grounding point 222, the first switch branch 231 can be coupled to the first connection point 211, and the radiator 210 is also used to generate a third resonance. The second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, and the radiator 210 is also used to generate a fourth resonance. The third resonance and the fourth resonance are generated by the line CM mode described in the above embodiment. In one embodiment, at the resonance point of the third resonance or the resonance point of the fourth resonance, the current on the radiator 210 is reversed on both sides of the grounding point 222. In one embodiment, the resonance point frequency of the third resonance is lower than the resonance point frequency of the first resonance. The resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance is lower than the resonance point frequency of the second resonance.

并且,由于辐射体210在接地点222与地板300耦合,地板300与辐射体210之间的耦合量增加,从而使第一开关支路231或第二开关之路232与第一连接点211耦合时地板300上的电流差异更大,从而使第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大(例如,最大辐射方向之间所呈角度增加),可以进一步展宽天线200辐射波束的宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。Furthermore, since the radiator 210 is coupled to the floor 300 at the grounding point 222, the coupling amount between the floor 300 and the radiator 210 is increased, so that the current difference on the floor 300 is greater when the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, thereby making the difference between the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern greater (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions is increased), which can further widen the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

在一个实施例中,当辐射体210在接地点222与地板300耦合,辐射体210的两端为开放端,辐射体210可以工作于二分之一波长模式。辐射体210的电长度为第二波长的二分之一,第一波长为辐射体210产生的两个谐振的谐振点频率之间的中心频点对应的波长。在一个实施例中,第二波长大于第一波长。In one embodiment, when the radiator 210 is coupled to the floor 300 at the grounding point 222, both ends of the radiator 210 are open ends, and the radiator 210 can operate in a half wavelength mode. The electrical length of the radiator 210 is half of the second wavelength, and the first wavelength is the wavelength corresponding to the center frequency point between the two resonant point frequencies generated by the radiator 210. In one embodiment, the second wavelength is greater than the first wavelength.

在一个实施例中,接地点222可以位于辐射体210的中心区域,中心区域可以理解为距离辐射体210的中心在5mm以内的区域。In one embodiment, the grounding point 222 may be located in the central area of the radiator 210 , where the central area may be understood as an area within 5 mm from the center of the radiator 210 .

应理解,通过增加天线200在结构上的对称性,可以使天线200具有更好的通信性能。It should be understood that by increasing the structural symmetry of the antenna 200 , the antenna 200 can have better communication performance.

在一个实施例中,在接地点222处可以通过接地件实现接地。接地件与边框11连接的宽度大于或等于1mm且小于或等于20mm。In one embodiment, grounding can be achieved through a grounding piece at the grounding point 222. The width of the connection between the grounding piece and the frame 11 is greater than or equal to 1 mm and less than or equal to 20 mm.

在一个实施例中,当第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,第一谐振的谐振点频率和第三谐振的谐振点频率之间的第一频率差小于第一阈值。当第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,第二谐振的谐振点频率和第四谐振的谐振点频率之间的第二频率差大于第一阈值。在一个实施例中,第一阈值为300MHz。在一个实施例中,第一阈值为250MHz。在一个实施例中,第一阈值为200MHz。在一个实施例中,第一阈值为150MHz。In one embodiment, when the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the first frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the third resonance is less than the first threshold. When the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the second frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance is greater than the first threshold. In one embodiment, the first threshold is 300 MHz. In one embodiment, the first threshold is 250 MHz. In one embodiment, the first threshold is 200 MHz. In one embodiment, the first threshold is 150 MHz.

应理解,当辐射体210在接地点222处与地板300耦合,辐射体210在第一连接点211耦合不同的开关支路时,可以由线CM模式产生第三谐振和第四谐振。第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232还可以用于调整由线CM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率与线DM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差。It should be understood that when the radiator 210 is coupled to the floor 300 at the grounding point 222 and the radiator 210 is coupled to different switch branches at the first connection point 211, the third resonance and the fourth resonance can be generated by the line CM mode. The first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 can also be used to adjust the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line CM mode and the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line DM mode.

第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,由线CM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率与线DM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差增大,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流减弱,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流增强。当第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,相较于第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,由线CM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率与线DM模式产生的谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差减小,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流增强,虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流减弱。The second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, and the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line CM mode and the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line DM mode increases compared to the coupling of the first switch branch 231 to the first connection point 211, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is weakened, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is strengthened. When the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line CM mode and the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the line DM mode decreases compared to the coupling of the second switch branch 232 to the first connection point 211, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is strengthened, and the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis is weakened.

在一个实施例中,第一频率差小于第二频率差。第一频率差与第二频率差之间的差值大于或等于100MHz。In one embodiment, the first frequency difference is smaller than the second frequency difference. The difference between the first frequency difference and the second frequency difference is greater than or equal to 100 MHz.

应理解,当第一频率差与第二频率差之间的差值在上述范围内,第一连接点211分别与第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232耦合时,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流与虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流差异更大,从而使第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大(例如,最大辐射方向之间所呈角度增加),可以进一步展宽天线200辐射波束的宽度。天线200具有较宽的波束宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。It should be understood that when the difference between the first frequency difference and the second frequency difference is within the above range, when the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is more different from the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, thereby making the difference between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions increases), which can further widen the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200. The antenna 200 has a wider beam width, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics in a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

在一个实施例中,馈电点221与辐射体210相邻的端(例如,第二位置202)之间的距离(辐射体210的长度)小于或等于辐射体210长度的三分之一。在一个实施例中,馈电点221与辐射体210相邻的端之间的距离小于或等于5mm。In one embodiment, the distance between the feed point 221 and the end adjacent to the radiator 210 (e.g., the second position 202) (the length of the radiator 210) is less than or equal to one third of the length of the radiator 210. In one embodiment, the distance between the feed point 221 and the end adjacent to the radiator 210 is less than or equal to 5 mm.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与辐射体210相邻的端(例如,第一位置201)之间的距离(辐射体210的长度)小于或等于辐射体210长度的三分之一。在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与辐射体210相邻的端之间的距离小于或等于5mm。In one embodiment, the distance between the first connection point 211 and the adjacent end of the radiator 210 (e.g., the first position 201) (the length of the radiator 210) is less than or equal to one third of the length of the radiator 210. In one embodiment, the distance between the first connection point 211 and the adjacent end of the radiator 210 is less than or equal to 5 mm.

应理解,随着馈电点221向辐射体210的一端移动,有利于实现辐射体210的小型化。而随着第一连接点211向辐射体210的一端移动,有利于调整地板300上的电流分布,可以具有更大的电流调节范围。It should be understood that as the feeding point 221 moves toward one end of the radiator 210, it is beneficial to miniaturize the radiator 210. As the first connection point 211 moves toward one end of the radiator 210, it is beneficial to adjust the current distribution on the floor 300, and a larger current adjustment range can be achieved.

图8至图10是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200的仿真结果。其中,图8是天线200(第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合)的S参数。图9是天线200(第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)的S参数。图10是天线200(第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)的辐射效率的仿真结果。FIG8 to FIG10 are simulation results of the antenna 200 in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG7. FIG8 is an S parameter of the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211). FIG9 is an S parameter of the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211). FIG10 is a simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 are coupled to the first connection point 211).

如图8所示,第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,天线可以在2.3GHz附近、2.1GHz附近产生谐振。其中,2.3GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第一谐振,2.1GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第三谐振。As shown in Fig. 8, the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, and the antenna can resonate near 2.3 GHz and near 2.1 GHz. The resonance near 2.3 GHz may correspond to the first resonance in the above embodiment, and the resonance near 2.1 GHz may correspond to the third resonance in the above embodiment.

如图9所示,第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合,天线可以在2.2GHz附近、1.8GHz附近产生谐振。其中,2.2GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第二谐振,1.8GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第四谐振。As shown in Fig. 9, the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211, and the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz and near 1.8 GHz. The resonance generated near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the second resonance in the above embodiment, and the resonance generated near 1.8 GHz may correspond to the fourth resonance in the above embodiment.

如图10所示,在第一频段(例如,2170MHz-2200MHz),第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合或第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合的天线均具有良好的辐射效率。As shown in FIG. 10 , in the first frequency band (eg, 2170 MHz-2200 MHz), the antennas in which the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211 or the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211 both have good radiation efficiency.

图11至图15是图7所示的电子设备10中天线200在2.2GHz处的方向图。其中,图11是天线200(第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合)产生的二维方向图。图12是天线200(第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合)产生的三方向图。图13是天线200(第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)产生的二维方向图。图14是天线200(第二开关支路232与第一连接点211耦合)产生的三维方向图。图15是第一方向图和第二方向图叠加形成的方向图。Figures 11 to 15 are directional diagrams of the antenna 200 at 2.2 GHz in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 7. Among them, Figure 11 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211). Figure 12 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211). Figure 13 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211). Figure 14 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second switch branch 232 is coupled to the first connection point 211). Figure 15 is a directional diagram formed by the superposition of the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram.

应理解,在本申请实施例中所示的方向图中,纵轴为与z方向(顶部方向,由电子设备的底部指向顶部的方向)所呈的角度Theta(θ)(与z轴所呈的角度),横轴为与x方向(第一边的延伸方向)所呈角度Phi(在xoy平面内与x轴所呈角度)。It should be understood that in the directional diagram shown in the embodiment of the present application, the vertical axis is the angle Theta (θ) (the angle with the z-axis) with the z-direction (the top direction, the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top), and the horizontal axis is the angle Phi with the x-direction (the extension direction of the first side). (Angle with the x-axis in the xoy plane).

应理解,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,天线200可以产生上述实施例中的第一方向图。第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合,天线200可以产生上述实施例中的第二方向图。It should be understood that the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the antenna 200 can generate the first directional pattern in the above embodiment. The first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the antenna 200 can generate the second directional pattern in the above embodiment.

如图11和图13所示,天线产生的第一方向图和第二方向图在Theta(θ)小于25°的范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,天线具有良好的辐射特性。As shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 13 , the gain of the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern generated by the antenna is greater than or equal to 0 dBi within the range where Theta (θ) is less than 25°, and the antenna has good radiation characteristics.

第一开关支路与第一连接点耦合,在Theta(θ)大于25°且小于70°范围内,第一方向图仅在Phi大于90°且小于270°范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,如图11所示。The first switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, and the first directional pattern is only at Phi In the range greater than 90° and less than 270°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0 dBi, as shown in FIG11 .

第一开关支路与第一连接点耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧(例如,第一连接点位于虚拟轴线的第一侧,馈电点位于虚拟轴线的第二侧)的地板上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,天线产生的第一方向图朝向第二侧(例如,馈电点一侧)偏转,如图12所示。The first switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis (e.g., the first connection point is located on the first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on the second side of the virtual axis) is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, and the first radiation pattern generated by the antenna is deflected toward the second side (e.g., the feeding point side), as shown in Figure 12.

第二开关支路与第一连接点耦合,在Theta(θ)大于25°且小于70°范围内,第二方向图仅在Phi大于0°且小于90°、大于270°且小于360°范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,如图13所示。The second switch branch is coupled to the first connection point, and the second directional pattern is only in the range of Phi In the range of greater than 0° and less than 90° and greater than 270° and less than 360°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0 dBi, as shown in FIG13 .

第一开关支路与第二连接点耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧(例如,第一连接点位于虚拟轴线的第一侧,馈电点位于虚拟轴线的第二侧)的地板上的电流(例如,电流强度、电流密度)小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,天线产生的第一方向图朝向第一侧(例如,第一连接点一侧)偏转,如图14所示。The first switch branch is coupled to the second connection point, the current (e.g., current intensity, current density) on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis (e.g., the first connection point is located on the first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on the second side of the virtual axis) is smaller than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, and the first radiation pattern generated by the antenna is deflected toward the first side (e.g., the side of the first connection point), as shown in FIG14.

而第一方向图和第二方向图叠加(合成),天线在Theta(θ)小于70°的范围内具有良好的辐射特性,如图15所示。通信卫星在该角度范围(与顶部方向呈70°范围内)内移动时,仍位于电子设备10中天线具有较好辐射特性的区域,通信卫星与电子设备10之间依然可以具有良好的通信特性。The first directional pattern and the second directional pattern are superimposed (synthesized), and the antenna has good radiation characteristics within the range of Theta (θ) less than 70°, as shown in FIG15. When the communication satellite moves within this angle range (within 70° of the top direction), it is still located in the area where the antenna in the electronic device 10 has good radiation characteristics, and the communication satellite and the electronic device 10 can still have good communication characteristics.

图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图16所示,第一边131或第二边132还包括第三位置203,第二边132还包括第四位置204。边框11可以在第三位置203开设绝缘缝隙,或者在第三位置203接地。边框11可以在第四位置204开设绝缘缝隙,或者在第四位置204接地。As shown in FIG16 , the first side 131 or the second side 132 further includes a third position 203, and the second side 132 further includes a fourth position 204. The frame 11 may have an insulating gap at the third position 203, or may be grounded at the third position 203. The frame 11 may have an insulating gap at the fourth position 204, or may be grounded at the fourth position 204.

应理解,本申请实施例中的第一边131可以包括直线延伸的边,还可以包括弧线延伸的边,第二边132也可以做类似地理解。在电子设备的外轮廓包括弧形导角时,第一边131可以包括其直线延伸的部分以及弧线延伸部分的一半,第二边132可以包括其直线延伸的部分以及弧线延伸部分的另一半。第一边131的延伸方向为其直线延伸部分的方向。第二边132的延伸方向为其直线延伸部分的方向。后续实施例中的第三边133也可做相应理解。It should be understood that the first side 131 in the embodiment of the present application may include a side extending in a straight line, and may also include a side extending in an arc line, and the second side 132 may be understood similarly. When the outer contour of the electronic device includes an arc chamfer, the first side 131 may include a portion extending in a straight line and half of the portion extending in an arc line, and the second side 132 may include a portion extending in a straight line and the other half of the portion extending in an arc line. The extension direction of the first side 131 is the direction of the portion extending in a straight line. The extension direction of the second side 132 is the direction of the portion extending in a straight line. The third side 133 in the subsequent embodiments may also be understood accordingly.

天线200还可以包括第一寄生枝节251、第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234和第二开关242。The antenna 200 may further include a first parasitic stub 251 , a third switch branch 233 , a fourth switch branch 234 , and a second switch 242 .

其中,第一寄生枝节251包括边框11在第三位置203和第四位置204之间的导电部分。第一寄生枝节251的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。The first parasitic branch 251 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204. At least a portion of the first parasitic branch 251 is spaced apart from the floor 300.

第一寄生枝节251包括第二连接点212。第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234和第二开关242耦合连接于第二连接点212和地板300之间。第二开关242的第一连接端口与第三开关支路233耦合。第二开关242的第二连接端口与第四开关支路234耦合。为便于理解,第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234可以看做是并联设置的。The first parasitic branch 251 includes a second connection point 212. The third switch branch 233, the fourth switch branch 234, and the second switch 242 are coupled and connected between the second connection point 212 and the floor 300. The first connection port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233. The second connection port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234. For ease of understanding, the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.

应理解,图16所示的天线200与图7的所示的天线200的区别仅在于第一寄生枝节251。在图7所示的天线200中,未设置第一寄生枝节251。而在图16所示的天线200中,第三位置203和第四位置204之间的导电部分作为第一寄生枝节251。It should be understood that the difference between the antenna 200 shown in FIG16 and the antenna 200 shown in FIG7 is only the first parasitic stub 251. In the antenna 200 shown in FIG7, the first parasitic stub 251 is not provided. In the antenna 200 shown in FIG16, the conductive portion between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204 serves as the first parasitic stub 251.

应可理解,设置寄生枝节251,或者不设置寄生枝节251,或者如后续实施例将展开介绍的设置多个寄生枝节,第一开关支路231中设置的器件可以相同或者不同,第一开关支路231的等效器件值可以相同或者不同,可以根据目标方向图来选取第一开关支路231的具体形式;类似地,设置一个或多个寄生枝节,也可以根据目标方向图来选取第二开关支路232的具体形式。It should be understood that the parasitic branch 251 is set, or the parasitic branch 251 is not set, or multiple parasitic branches are set as will be described in subsequent embodiments, the devices set in the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different, the equivalent device values of the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different, and the specific form of the first switch branch 231 can be selected according to the target directional diagram; similarly, one or more parasitic branches can be set, and the specific form of the second switch branch 232 can also be selected according to the target directional diagram.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233,例如,第二开关242的公共端口与第二开关242的第一连接端口耦合,第三开关支路233与第二连接点212耦合,天线200产生第一方向图。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第一方向图可以认为是辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251用于产生天线200的第一方向图。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, for example, the common port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the first connection port of the second switch 242, the third switch branch 233 is coupled to the second connection point 212, and the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates the first directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234,例如,第二开关242的公共端口与第二开关242的第二连接端口耦合,第四开关支路234与第二连接点212耦合,天线200产生第二方向图。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第二方向图可以认为是辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251用于产生天线200的第二方向图。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242. For example, the common port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the second connection port of the second switch 242, and the fourth switch branch 234 is coupled to the second connection point 212, and the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200.

应理解,第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232、第三开关支路233和第四开关支路234中的每一个都可以包括下列三种情形之一:It should be understood that each of the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232, the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 may include one of the following three situations:

1、包括一个或多个电子器件,用于使辐射体/寄生枝节在相应的连接点通过该电子器件接地;1. One or more electronic devices are used to connect the radiator/parasitic branch to the ground through the electronic device at the corresponding connection point;

2、不包括电子器件,用于使辐射体/寄生枝节在相应的连接点不通过任何电子器件接地;2. Excluding electronic devices, used to ground the radiator/parasitic branch at the corresponding connection point without any electronic device;

3、不包括电子器件且与地板间隔,用于使辐射体/寄生枝节在相应的连接点与地板间隔;3. It does not include electronic devices and is separated from the floor, and is used to separate the radiator/parasitic branch from the floor at the corresponding connection point;

应理解,在图16所示的实施例中,辐射体210和第一寄生枝节251中的至少一个,通过其上设置的开关支路内的相应器件,使得天线200产生第一方向图;辐射体210和第一寄生枝节251中的至少另一个,通过其上设置的开关支路内的相应器件,使得天线200产生第二方向图。则可以将“天线200产生第一方向图”认为是“辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第一开关支路231与第三开关支路233用于产生天线200的第一方向图”;以及将“天线200产生第二方向图”认为是“辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二开关支路232与第四开关支路234用于产生天线200的第二方向图”。对于本申请中的其他实施例,也可以做相应理解。It should be understood that in the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 , at least one of the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251, through the corresponding components in the switch branch disposed thereon, enables the antenna 200 to generate a first directional pattern; at least another of the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251, through the corresponding components in the switch branch disposed thereon, enables the antenna 200 to generate a second directional pattern. Therefore, “the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the first switch branch 231 and the third switch branch 233 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200”; and “the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second switch branch 232 and the fourth switch branch 234 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200”. For other embodiments in the present application, corresponding understandings can also be made.

在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以用于使第一寄生枝节251不对第二方向图产生影响。In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 can be used to prevent the first parasitic stub 251 from affecting the second directivity pattern.

在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以不包括电子元件,第四开关支路234可以使第二连接点212与地板300直接电连接。当第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234耦合,地板300与第二连接点212耦合,可以等效为未设置第一寄生枝节251。在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以包括电子元件,该电子元件可以使第一寄生枝节251产生的寄生谐振远离辐射体210产生的谐振(例如,频率差大于或等于300MHz)。In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 may not include electronic components, and the fourth switch branch 234 may directly electrically connect the second connection point 212 to the floor 300. When the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the floor 300 is coupled to the second connection point 212, it may be equivalent to not setting the first parasitic branch 251. In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 may include electronic components, which may make the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic branch 251 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).

其中,第一寄生枝节251通过多种方式(例如,第二连接点212与地板300枝节耦合)不对第二方向图产生影响,也可以理解为第一寄生枝节251用于与辐射体210共同产生第二方向图,这是因为,当第一寄生枝节251切换至耦合其他开关支路时,第二方向图会相应发生改变。Among them, the first parasitic branch 251 does not affect the second directional pattern in various ways (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the floor 300 branch). It can also be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate the second directional pattern together with the radiator 210. This is because when the first parasitic branch 251 is switched to couple other switch branches, the second directional pattern will change accordingly.

应理解,第一寄生枝节251可以用于使第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大(例如,最大辐射方向之间所呈角度增加,例如,第一方向和第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于15°),可以进一步展宽天线200辐射波束的宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。应可理解,本申请中提及的第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大,可以理解为第一方向图和第二方向图之间的互补性更强。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 can be used to make the difference between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions increases, for example, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 15°), which can further widen the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics in a wider angle range (angle with the top direction). It should be understood that the difference between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern mentioned in the present application is larger, which can be understood as the complementarity between the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern is stronger.

应理解,在本申请实施例(例如,在图16所示的电子设备10)中,以天线200处于同一工作状态为例进行说明。其中,同一工作状态可以理解为天线200的工作频段可以包括第一频段,天线200在第一开关241耦合至第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232、第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233或第四开关支路234均可以在第一频段进行通信。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application (for example, in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 16 ), the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description. The same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the first frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the first frequency band when the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232, and the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 or the fourth switch branch 234.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233,当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,第一寄生枝节251位于虚拟轴线的第二侧。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242. When the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and the first parasitic branch 251 is located on the second side of the virtual axis.

应理解,第一寄生枝节251可以用于调整第一方向图的最大辐射方向与顶部方向所呈角度,使该角度更大(最大辐射方向朝第一寄生枝节251一侧偏转),天线200在更宽的角度范围内具有较好的辐射特性。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the first parasitic branch 251), and the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第一侧,馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第二侧。第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,需满足下述条件之一:In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis, and the feed point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis. The first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and one of the following conditions must be met:

1、第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以均呈容性。第一开关支路231的等效电容值和第二开关支路232的等效电容值可以均小于或等于2pF。第一开关支路231的等效电容值小于第二开关支路232的等效电容值。1. The first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be capacitive. The equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 may both be less than or equal to 2 pF. The equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232.

2、第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以均呈感性。第一开关支路231的等效电感值和第二开关支路232的等效电感值可以均大于或等于5nH,且小于或等于100nH。第一开关支路231的等效电感值小于第二开关支路232的等效电感值。2. The first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be inductive. The equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 may both be greater than or equal to 5 nH and less than or equal to 100 nH. The equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232.

3、第一开关支路231可以呈容性,第二开关支路232可以呈感性。3. The first switch branch 231 may be capacitive, and the second switch branch 232 may be inductive.

应理解,为了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第一侧、馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第二侧进行说明。在实际的生产或应用中,可以调整第一连接点211和馈电点221的位置。例如,第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第二侧,馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第一侧。仅需参照上述规律调整第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合的情况下也可以使虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流。It should be understood that, for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis and the feeding point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis for illustration. In actual production or application, the positions of the first connection point 211 and the feeding point 221 can be adjusted. For example, the first connection point 211 is located on the second side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point 221 is located on the first side of the virtual axis. It is only necessary to adjust the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 according to the above rules. When the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis can also be greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233,当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,辐射体210上的电流和第一寄生枝节251上的电流同向(电流路径呈顺时针或逆时针)。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242. When the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the first parasitic branch 251 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251可以呈任意结构,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。在一个实施例中,边框11可以在第三位置203和第四位置204开设绝缘缝隙,第一寄生枝节251可以为类似偶极子的天线结构。在一个实施例中,边框11可以在第三位置203和第四位置204之间开设绝缘缝隙,第一寄生枝节251可以为多个枝节组合的天线结构。为了论述的简洁,本申请实施例中,仅以第一寄生枝节251的一端为开放端、一端为接地端的形式进行说明,边框11在第三位置203与地板300耦合、在第四位置204开设第三绝缘缝隙,如图17所示。In one embodiment, the first parasitic branch 251 can be of any structure, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this. In one embodiment, the frame 11 can have an insulating gap at the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and the first parasitic branch 251 can be a dipole-like antenna structure. In one embodiment, the frame 11 can have an insulating gap between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and the first parasitic branch 251 can be an antenna structure composed of multiple branches. For the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only one end of the first parasitic branch 251 is explained as an open end and the other end is a grounded end. The frame 11 is coupled to the floor 300 at the third position 203 and a third insulating gap is opened at the fourth position 204, as shown in Figure 17.

在一个实施例中,第三位置203位于第四位置204和第二位置202之间。第一位置201、第二位置202、第三位置203和第四位置204在边框11上依次设置。In one embodiment, the third position 203 is located between the fourth position 204 and the second position 202. The first position 201, the second position 202, the third position 203 and the fourth position 204 are arranged on the frame 11 in sequence.

应理解,在了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以上述结构为例进行说明,在实际的生产或设计中,第四位置204也可以位于第三位置203和第二位置202之间,本申请实施例对此并不做限制,不再一一赘述。It should be understood that for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the above-mentioned structure is used as an example for explanation. In actual production or design, the fourth position 204 may also be located between the third position 203 and the second position 202. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this and will not be described one by one.

在一个实施例中,在第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233,馈电电路220馈入电信号,辐射体210用于产生第一主谐振,第一寄生枝节251用于产生第一寄生谐振,第一主谐振与第一寄生谐振共同形成上述第一谐振(由于第一寄生谐振的谐振点与第一主谐振的谐振点频差较小,在S参数图中,第一主谐振和第一寄生谐振融合为一个谐振)。在一个实施例中,第一寄生谐振的谐振点位于第一主谐振的谐振频段内。在一个实施例中,第一寄生谐振的谐振点频率与第一主谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于100MHz。在一个实施例中,第一寄生谐振的谐振点频率与第一主谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于50MHz。在一个实施例中,第一寄生谐振的谐振点频率可以小于第一主谐振的谐振点频率。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, the feeding circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a first main resonance, the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate a first parasitic resonance, and the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned first resonance (because the frequency difference between the resonance point of the first parasitic resonance and the resonance point of the first main resonance is small, in the S parameter diagram, the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance are merged into one resonance). In one embodiment, the resonance point of the first parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the first main resonance. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the first main resonance is less than or equal to 100 MHz. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the first main resonance is less than or equal to 50 MHz. In one embodiment, the resonance point frequency of the first parasitic resonance can be less than the resonance point frequency of the first main resonance.

同时,在本申请实施例中,辐射体210与第一寄生枝节251之间的耦合较弱,并不能较好的激励第一寄生谐振。因此,在S参数图中并不能明显出现对应于第一寄生谐振的凹坑。而由于第一寄生谐振有部分电流激励,在效率曲线(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)中会出现明显的凹坑。例如,在第一频点出现效率凹坑,则第一频点可以认为对应于上述第一寄生谐振的谐振点。在一个实施例中,该凹坑导致的效率(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)降幅不超过1.5dB。在一个实施例中,该凹坑导致的效率(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)降幅不超过1dB。At the same time, in an embodiment of the present application, the coupling between the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251 is weak, and the first parasitic resonance cannot be well excited. Therefore, the pit corresponding to the first parasitic resonance does not appear clearly in the S parameter diagram. However, since the first parasitic resonance is partially excited by current, an obvious pit will appear in the efficiency curve (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency). For example, if an efficiency pit appears at the first frequency point, the first frequency point can be considered to correspond to the resonance point of the above-mentioned first parasitic resonance. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1.5dB. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1dB.

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251的一端为开放端、另一端为接地端,第一寄生枝节251可以工作于四分之一波长模式。第一寄生枝节251的电长度为第三波长的四分之一,第三波长为第一寄生枝节251产生的寄生谐振对应的波长。在一个实施例中,第三波长大于第一波长。In one embodiment, one end of the first parasitic branch 251 is an open end and the other end is a ground end, and the first parasitic branch 251 can work in a quarter wavelength mode. The electrical length of the first parasitic branch 251 is one quarter of the third wavelength, and the third wavelength is the wavelength corresponding to the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic branch 251. In one embodiment, the third wavelength is greater than the first wavelength.

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251在第三方向上与辐射体210的距离小于第二边132的长度的二分之一。其中,第三方向为第二边132的延伸方向,例如,顶部方向(z方向)。In one embodiment, the distance between the first parasitic stub 251 and the radiator 210 in the third direction is less than half the length of the second side 132. The third direction is the extension direction of the second side 132, for example, the top direction (z direction).

应理解,第一寄生枝节251可以位于第二边132的中点靠近第一边131的一侧,以使第一寄生枝节251可以更好的被激励,使天线200具有更好的辐射特性。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 may be located at a side of the midpoint of the second side 132 close to the first side 131 , so that the first parasitic branch 251 may be better excited and the antenna 200 may have better radiation characteristics.

在一个实施例中,第三位置203和第二位置202之间的导体部分也可以作为寄生枝节,如图18所示。In one embodiment, the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 may also serve as a parasitic stub, as shown in FIG. 18 .

应理解,该寄生枝节(第三位置203和第二位置202之间的导体部分形成的寄生枝节)用于提升天线200的辐射特性(例如,提升效率)。该寄生枝节还可以用于增加第一寄生枝节251与辐射体210之间的耦合量,以更好的激励第一寄生枝节251。该寄生枝节还可以用于降低第二开关242的电压,以使第二开关242不会由于电压过高而被击穿。It should be understood that the parasitic branch (the parasitic branch formed by the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202) is used to improve the radiation characteristics (for example, improve efficiency) of the antenna 200. The parasitic branch can also be used to increase the coupling amount between the first parasitic branch 251 and the radiator 210 to better excite the first parasitic branch 251. The parasitic branch can also be used to reduce the voltage of the second switch 242 so that the second switch 242 will not be broken down due to excessive voltage.

为了论述的简洁,图17和图18所示的天线200与图7所示的天线200类似的部分不再一一赘述,例如,类似部分包括:辐射体210的位置,卫星通信的频段;辐射体210在第一连接点211与第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232耦合用于产生的谐振;地板300在第一连接点211与第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232耦合的电流分布;第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232的等效器件取值范围;馈电点221的位置;接地点222的位置;第一连接点211的位置;等等。For the sake of simplicity, the parts of the antenna 200 shown in Figures 17 and 18 that are similar to the antenna 200 shown in Figure 7 are not repeated one by one. For example, the similar parts include: the position of the radiator 210, the frequency band of satellite communication; the resonance generated by the coupling of the radiator 210 with the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 at the first connection point 211; the current distribution of the floor 300 coupled with the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 at the first connection point 211; the value range of the equivalent device of the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232; the position of the feeding point 221; the position of the grounding point 222; the position of the first connection point 211; and the like.

图19是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图19所示,边框11还包括与第一边131呈角相交的第三边133。第一边131或第三边133还包括第五位置205,第三边133还包括第六位置206。As shown in FIG19 , the frame 11 further includes a third side 133 intersecting the first side 131 at an angle. The first side 131 or the third side 133 further includes a fifth position 205, and the third side 133 further includes a sixth position 206.

天线200还可以包括第二寄生枝节252、第五开关支路235、第六开关支路236和第三开关243。The antenna 200 may further include a second parasitic stub 252 , a fifth switch branch 235 , a sixth switch branch 236 , and a third switch 243 .

其中,第二寄生枝节252包括边框11在第五位置205和第六位置206之间的导电部分。第二寄生枝节252的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。The second parasitic branch 252 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206. At least a portion of the second parasitic branch 252 is spaced apart from the floor 300.

第二寄生枝节252包括第三连接点213。第五开关支路235、第六开关支路236和第三开关243耦合连接于第三连接点213和地板300之间。第三开关243的第一连接端口与第五开关支路235耦合。第三开关243的第二连接端口与第六开关支路236耦合。为便于理解,第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234可以看做是并联设置的。The second parasitic branch 252 includes a third connection point 213. The fifth switch branch 235, the sixth switch branch 236 and the third switch 243 are coupled and connected between the third connection point 213 and the floor 300. The first connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235. The second connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236. For ease of understanding, the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.

应理解,图19所示的天线200与图16的所示的天线200的区别仅在于第二寄生枝节252。在图17所示的天线200中,未设置第二寄生枝节252,仅包括第一寄生枝节251。而在图19所示的天线200中,同时包括第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252。It should be understood that the difference between the antenna 200 shown in FIG19 and the antenna 200 shown in FIG16 is only the second parasitic branch 252. In the antenna 200 shown in FIG17, the second parasitic branch 252 is not provided, and only the first parasitic branch 251 is included. In the antenna 200 shown in FIG19, both the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 are included.

应可理解,设置第二寄生枝节252,或者不设置第二寄生枝节252,第一开关支路231中设置的器件可以相同或者不同,第一开关支路231的等效器件值可以相同或者不同,可以根据目标方向图来选取第一开关支路231的具体形式;类似地,是否设置第二寄生枝节252,也都可以根据目标方向图来选取第二开关支路232、第三开关支路233、或第四开关支路234的具体形式。在图19所示的天线200中,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,例如,第三开关243的公共端口与第三开关243的第二连接端口耦合。第一开关支路231与第一连接点211耦合,第三开关支路233与第二连接点212耦合,第三连接点213与第六开关支路236耦合,天线200产生第一方向图。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第一方向图可以认为是辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节251、第一开关支路231、第三开关支路233和第六开关支路236用于产生天线200的第一方向图。It should be understood that whether the second parasitic branch 252 is provided or not, the components provided in the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different, the equivalent component values of the first switch branch 231 can be the same or different, and the specific form of the first switch branch 231 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern; similarly, whether the second parasitic branch 252 is provided or not, the specific form of the second switch branch 232, the third switch branch 233, or the fourth switch branch 234 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern. In the antenna 200 shown in FIG19, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, for example, the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the second connection port of the third switch 243. The first switch branch 231 is coupled to the first connection point 211, the third switch branch 233 is coupled to the second connection point 212, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236, and the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 251, the first switch branch 231, the third switch branch 233 and the sixth switch branch 236 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200.

第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,例如,第三开关243的公共端口与第三开关243的第一连接端口耦合。天线200产生第二方向图。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第二方向图可以认为是辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252、第二开关支路232、第四开关支路234与第五开关支路235用于产生天线200的第二方向图。The first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, for example, the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the first connection port of the third switch 243. The antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern. In one embodiment, the second directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 can be considered as the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the second switch branch 232, the fourth switch branch 234 and the fifth switch branch 235 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200.

应理解,第五开关支路235和第六开关支路236中的每一个也可以包括下列三种情形之一:It should be understood that each of the fifth switch branch 235 and the sixth switch branch 236 may also include one of the following three situations:

1、包括一个或多个电子器件,用于使辐射体/寄生枝节在相应的连接点通过该电子器件接地;1. One or more electronic devices are used to connect the radiator/parasitic branch to the ground through the electronic device at the corresponding connection point;

2、不包括电子器件,用于使辐射体/寄生枝节在相应的连接点不通过任何电子器件接地;2. Excluding electronic devices, used to ground the radiator/parasitic branch at the corresponding connection point without any electronic device;

3、不包括电子器件且与地板间隔,用于使辐射体/寄生枝节在相应的连接点与地板间隔;3. It does not include electronic devices and is separated from the floor, and is used to separate the radiator/parasitic branch from the floor at the corresponding connection point;

应理解,在图19所示的实施例中,辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252中的至少两个,通过其上设置的开关支路内的相应器件,使得天线200产生第一方向图;辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252中的至少另两个(例如,与产生第一方向图时利用的两个不同),通过其上设置的开关支路内的相应器件,使得天线200产生第二方向图。则可以将“天线200产生第一方向图”认为是“辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节251、第一开关支路231、第三开关支路233和第六开关支路236用于产生天线200的第一方向图”;以及将“天线200产生第二方向图”认为是“辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252、第二开关支路232、第四开关支路234与第五开关支路235用于产生天线200的第二方向图”。对于本申请中的其他实施例,也可以做相应理解。It should be understood that in the embodiment shown in Figure 19, at least two of the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252, through corresponding devices in the switch branch set thereon, cause the antenna 200 to produce a first radiation pattern; at least another two of the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 (for example, different from the two used to generate the first radiation pattern) through corresponding devices in the switch branch set thereon, cause the antenna 200 to produce a second radiation pattern. Then, “the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 251, the first switch branch 231, the third switch branch 233 and the sixth switch branch 236 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200”; and “the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the second switch branch 232, the fourth switch branch 234 and the fifth switch branch 235 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200”. For other embodiments in the present application, corresponding understanding can also be made.

在一个实施例中,第六开关支路236可以用于使第二寄生枝节252不对第一方向图产生影响。在一个实施例中,第六开关支路236可以不包括电子元件,第六开关支路236可以使第三连接点213与地板300直接电连接。第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,第三连接点213与地板300耦合,等效为未设置第二寄生枝节252。在一个实施例中,第六开关支路236可以包括电子元件,该电子元件可以使第二寄生枝节252产生的寄生谐振远离辐射体210产生的谐振(例如,频率差大于或等于300MHz)。In one embodiment, the sixth switch branch 236 can be used to prevent the second parasitic stub 252 from affecting the first directional pattern. In one embodiment, the sixth switch branch 236 may not include electronic components, and the sixth switch branch 236 can directly electrically connect the third connection point 213 to the floor 300. The third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the floor 300, which is equivalent to not setting the second parasitic stub 252. In one embodiment, the sixth switch branch 236 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the second parasitic stub 252 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).

其中,第二寄生枝节252通过多种方式(例如,第三连接点213与地板300枝节耦合)不对第一方向图产生影响,也可以理解为第二寄生枝节252用于与辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251共同产生第二方向图,这是因为,当第二寄生枝节252切换至耦合其他开关支路时,第二方向图会相应发生改变。Among them, the second parasitic branch 252 does not affect the first directional pattern in various ways (for example, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the floor 300 branch). It can also be understood that the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate the second directional pattern together with the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251. This is because when the second parasitic branch 252 is switched to couple other switch branches, the second directional pattern will change accordingly.

在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以用于使第一寄生枝节251不对第二方向图产生影响。在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以不包括电子元件,第四开关支路234可以使第二连接点212与地板300直接电连接。当第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234耦合,地板300与第二连接点212耦合,可以等效为未设置第一寄生枝节251。在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以包括电子元件,该电子元件可以使第一寄生枝节251产生的寄生谐振远离辐射体210产生的谐振(例如,频率差大于或等于300MHz)。In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 can be used to prevent the first parasitic stub 251 from affecting the second directional pattern. In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 may not include electronic components, and the fourth switch branch 234 can directly electrically connect the second connection point 212 to the floor 300. When the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the floor 300 is coupled to the second connection point 212, it can be equivalent to not setting the first parasitic stub 251. In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic stub 251 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).

其中,第一寄生枝节251通过多种方式(例如,第二连接点212与地板300枝节耦合)不对第二方向图产生影响,也可以理解为第一寄生枝节251用于与辐射体210、第二寄生枝节252共同产生第二方向图。The first parasitic branch 251 does not affect the second directivity pattern in various ways (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the branch of the floor 300 ). It can also be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate the second directivity pattern together with the radiator 210 and the second parasitic branch 252 .

应理解,第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252可以用于使第一方向图和第二方向图之间的差异更大(例如,最大辐射方向之间所呈角度增加,例如,第一方向和第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于20°),可以进一步展宽天线200辐射波束的宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be used to make the difference between the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern larger (for example, the angle between the maximum radiation directions is increased, for example, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 20°), which can further widen the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angles with the top direction).

应理解,在本申请实施例(例如,在图19所示的电子设备10)中,以天线200处于同一工作状态为例进行说明。其中,同一工作状态可以理解为天线200的工作频段可以包括第一频段,天线200在第一开关241耦合至第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232、第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233或第四开关支路234、第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235或第六开关支路236均可以在第一频段进行通信。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application (for example, in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 19 ), the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description. The same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the first frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the first frequency band when the first switch 241 is coupled to the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232, the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 or the fourth switch branch 234, and the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 or the sixth switch branch 236.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,第一寄生枝节251位于虚拟轴线的第二侧,第二寄生枝节252位于虚拟轴线的第一侧。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243. When the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, the first parasitic branch 251 is located on the second side of the virtual axis, and the second parasitic branch 252 is located on the first side of the virtual axis.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 via the third switch 243, the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.

应理解,第一寄生枝节251可以用于调整第一方向图的最大辐射方向与顶部方向所呈角度,使该角度更大(最大辐射方向朝第一寄生枝节251一侧偏转)。第二寄生枝节252可以用于调整第二方向图的最大辐射方向与顶部方向所呈角度,使该角度更大(最大辐射方向朝第二寄生枝节252一侧偏转)。当第一方向图的最大辐射方向和第二方向图的最大辐射方朝顶部方向的两侧偏移,则可以展宽辐射波束的带宽,使天线200在更宽的角度范围内具有较好的辐射特性。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the first pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the first parasitic branch 251). The second parasitic branch 252 can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the second pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the second parasitic branch 252). When the maximum radiation direction of the first pattern and the maximum radiation direction of the second pattern are offset toward both sides of the top direction, the bandwidth of the radiation beam can be widened, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第一侧,馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第二侧。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point 221 is located on a second side of the virtual axis.

第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,或,第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合,虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,需满足下述条件之一:The first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, or the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, and the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis is less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis, and one of the following conditions must be met:

1、第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以均呈容性。第一开关支路231的等效电容值和第二开关支路232的等效电容值可以均小于或等于2pF。第一开关支路231的等效电容值小于第二开关支路232的等效电容值。1. The first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be capacitive. The equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232 may both be less than or equal to 2 pF. The equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch 232.

2、第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以均呈感性。第一开关支路231的等效电感值和第二开关支路232的等效电感值可以均大于或等于5nH,且小于或等于100nH。第一开关支路231的等效电感值小于第二开关支路232的等效电感值。2. The first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may both be inductive. The equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 and the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232 may both be greater than or equal to 5 nH and less than or equal to 100 nH. The equivalent inductance of the first switch branch 231 is less than the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch 232.

3、第一开关支路231可以呈容性,第二开关支路232可以呈感性。3. The first switch branch 231 may be capacitive, and the second switch branch 232 may be inductive.

应理解,为了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第一侧、馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第二侧进行说明。在实际的生产或应用中,可以调整第一连接点211和馈电点221的位置。例如,第一连接点211位于虚拟轴线的第二侧,馈电点221位于虚拟轴线的第一侧。仅需参照上述规律调整第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合的情况下也可以使虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流大于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流,或者,第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合的情况下也可以使虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板300上的电流小于虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板300上的电流。It should be understood that, for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the first connection point 211 is located on the first side of the virtual axis and the feeding point 221 is located on the second side of the virtual axis for illustration. In actual production or application, the positions of the first connection point 211 and the feeding point 221 can be adjusted. For example, the first connection point 211 is located on the second side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point 221 is located on the first side of the virtual axis. It is only necessary to adjust the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 according to the above rules. When the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis can be greater than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis. Alternatively, when the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, the current on the floor 300 on the first side of the virtual axis can be less than the current on the floor 300 on the second side of the virtual axis.

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,且当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,辐射体210上的电流和第一寄生枝节251上的电流同向(电流路径呈顺时针或逆时针)。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the first parasitic branch 251 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).

在一个实施例中,第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,且当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,辐射体210上的电流和第二寄生枝节252上的电流同向(电流路径呈顺时针或逆时针)。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 via the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the second parasitic branch 252 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).

应理解,当辐射体210上的电流与寄生枝节(第一寄生枝节251或第二寄生枝节252)上的电流同向,可以更好的展宽辐射波束的带宽,使天线200在更宽的角度范围内具有较好的辐射特性。It should be understood that when the current on the radiator 210 is in the same direction as the current on the parasitic branch (the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252 ), the bandwidth of the radiation beam can be better broadened, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252可以呈任意结构,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。在一个实施例中,边框11可以在第三位置203和第四位置204开设绝缘缝隙、和/或第五位置205和第六位置206开设绝缘缝隙,第一寄生枝节251、和/或第二寄生枝节252可以为类似偶极子的天线结构。在一个实施例中,边框11可以在第三位置203和第四位置204之间开设绝缘缝隙、和/或第五位置205和第六位置206之间开设绝缘缝隙,第一寄生枝节251、和/或第二寄生枝节252可以为多个枝节组合的天线结构。为了论述的简洁,本申请实施例中,仅以第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252的一端为开放端、一端为接地端的形式进行说明。边框11在第三位置203与地板300耦合、在第四位置204开设第三绝缘缝隙,边框11在第三位置203与地板300耦合。边框11在第六位置206开设第四绝缘缝隙,如图20所示。In one embodiment, the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be of any structure, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. In one embodiment, the frame 11 can have an insulating gap at the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap at the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be a dipole-like antenna structure. In one embodiment, the frame 11 can have an insulating gap between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be an antenna structure composed of multiple branches. For the sake of simplicity in discussion, in the embodiment of the present application, only one end of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 is an open end and one end is a grounded end for description. The frame 11 is coupled with the floor 300 at the third position 203 and has a third insulating gap at the fourth position 204. The frame 11 is coupled with the floor 300 at the third position 203. The frame 11 has a fourth insulating gap at the sixth position 206, as shown in FIG. 20 .

在一个实施例中,第三位置203位于第四位置204和第二位置202之间。第五位置205位于第六位置206和第一位置201之间。In one embodiment, the third position 203 is located between the fourth position 204 and the second position 202. The fifth position 205 is located between the sixth position 206 and the first position 201.

应理解,在了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以上述结构为例进行说明,在实际的生产或设计中,第四位置204也可以位于第三位置203和第二位置202之间,第六位置206位于第五位置205和第一位置201之间,本申请实施例对此并不做限制,不再一一赘述。It should be understood that for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the above-mentioned structure is used as an example for illustration. In actual production or design, the fourth position 204 may also be located between the third position 203 and the second position 202, and the sixth position 206 may be located between the fifth position 205 and the first position 201. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this and will not be described one by one.

在一个实施例中,在第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213与第六开关支路236耦合,馈电电路220馈入电信号,辐射体210用于产生第一主谐振,第一寄生枝节251用于产生第一寄生谐振。在第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合,馈电电路220馈入电信号,辐射体210用于产生第二主谐振,第二寄生枝节252用于产生第二寄生谐振。In one embodiment, the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236, the feed circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a first main resonance, and the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate a first parasitic resonance. The first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235, the feed circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a second main resonance, and the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate a second parasitic resonance.

第一主谐振与第一寄生谐振共同形成上述第一谐振,第二主谐振与第二寄生谐振共同形成上述第二谐振(由于寄生谐振的谐振点与主谐振的谐振点频差较小,在S参数图中,主谐振和寄生谐振融合为一个谐振)。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点位于主谐振的谐振频段内。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点频率与主谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于100MHz。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点频率与主谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于50MHz。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点频率可以小于主谐振的谐振点频率。The first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned first resonance, and the second main resonance and the second parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned second resonance (due to the small frequency difference between the resonance point of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point of the main resonance, in the S parameter diagram, the main resonance and the parasitic resonance are merged into one resonance). In one embodiment, the resonance point of the parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the main resonance. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the main resonance is less than or equal to 100 MHz. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the main resonance is less than or equal to 50 MHz. In one embodiment, the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance may be less than the resonance point frequency of the main resonance.

同时,在本申请实施例中,辐射体210与寄生枝节(第一寄生枝节251或第二寄生枝节252)之间的耦合较弱,并不能较好的激励寄生谐振。因此,在S参数图中并不能明显出现对应于寄生谐振的凹坑。而由于寄生谐振有部分电流激励,在效率曲线(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)中会出现明显的凹坑。例如,在第一频点出现效率凹坑,则第一频点可以认为对应于上述第一寄生谐振或第二谐振的谐振点。在一个实施例中,该凹坑导致的效率(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)降幅不超过1.5dB。在一个实施例中,该凹坑导致的效率(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)降幅不超过1dB。At the same time, in an embodiment of the present application, the coupling between the radiator 210 and the parasitic branch (the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252) is weak, and the parasitic resonance cannot be well excited. Therefore, the pit corresponding to the parasitic resonance does not appear clearly in the S parameter diagram. However, since the parasitic resonance is partially excited by current, an obvious pit will appear in the efficiency curve (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency). For example, if an efficiency pit appears at the first frequency point, the first frequency point can be considered to correspond to the resonance point of the above-mentioned first parasitic resonance or second resonance. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1.5dB. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1dB.

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252的一端为开放端、另一端为接地端,第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252可以工作于四分之一波长模式。第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252的电长度为第四波长的二分之一,第四波长为寄生枝节产生的寄生谐振对应的波长。在一个实施例中,第四波长大于第一波长。In one embodiment, one end of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 is an open end and the other end is a ground end, and the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can work in a quarter-wavelength mode. The electrical length of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 is half of the fourth wavelength, and the fourth wavelength is the wavelength corresponding to the parasitic resonance generated by the parasitic branch. In one embodiment, the fourth wavelength is greater than the first wavelength.

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251或第二寄生枝节252在第三方向上与辐射体210的距离小于第二边132(或第三边133)的长度的二分之一。其中,第三方向为第二边132(或第三边133)的延伸方向,例如,顶部方向(z方向)。In one embodiment, the distance between the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252 and the radiator 210 in the third direction is less than half of the length of the second side 132 (or the third side 133). The third direction is the extension direction of the second side 132 (or the third side 133), for example, the top direction (z direction).

应理解,第一寄生枝节251可以位于第二边132的中点靠近第一边131的一侧,第二寄生枝节252可以位于第三边133的中点靠近第一边131的一侧,以使第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252可以更好的被激励,使天线200具有更好的辐射特性。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 can be located at the midpoint of the second side 132 on the side close to the first side 131, and the second parasitic branch 252 can be located at the midpoint of the third side 133 on the side close to the first side 131, so that the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be better excited, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics.

在一个实施例中,第三位置203和第二位置202之间的导体部分和/或第一位置201和第五位置205之间的导体部分也可以作为寄生枝节,如图21所示。In one embodiment, the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 and/or the conductor portion between the first position 201 and the fifth position 205 may also serve as a parasitic stub, as shown in FIG. 21 .

应理解,该寄生枝节(第三位置203和第二位置202之间的导体部分形成的寄生枝节和/或第一位置201和第五位置205之间的导体部分)用于提升天线200的辐射特性(例如,提升效率)。该寄生枝节还可以用于增加第一寄生枝节251(和/或第二寄生枝节252)与辐射体210之间的耦合量,以更好的激励第一寄生枝节251(和/或第二寄生枝节252)。该寄生枝节还可以用于降低第二开关242(和/或第三开关243)的电压,以使第二开关242(和/或第三开关243)不会由于电压过高而被击穿。It should be understood that the parasitic branch (the parasitic branch formed by the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 and/or the conductor portion between the first position 201 and the fifth position 205) is used to improve the radiation characteristics of the antenna 200 (for example, to improve efficiency). The parasitic branch can also be used to increase the coupling amount between the first parasitic branch 251 (and/or the second parasitic branch 252) and the radiator 210 to better excite the first parasitic branch 251 (and/or the second parasitic branch 252). The parasitic branch can also be used to reduce the voltage of the second switch 242 (and/or the third switch 243) so that the second switch 242 (and/or the third switch 243) will not be broken down due to excessive voltage.

为了论述的简洁,图19和图20所示的天线200与图16、图17所示的天线200类似的部分不再一一赘述,例如,类似部分包括:辐射体210的位置,卫星通信的频段;辐射体210在第一连接点211与第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232耦合产生的谐振;地板300在第一连接点211与第一开关支路231或第二开关支路232耦合的电流分布;第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232的等效器件取值范围;馈电点221的位置;接地点222的位置;第一连接点211的位置;等等。For the sake of simplicity, the parts of the antenna 200 shown in Figures 19 and 20 that are similar to the antenna 200 shown in Figures 16 and 17 are not repeated one by one. For example, the similar parts include: the position of the radiator 210, the frequency band of satellite communication; the resonance generated by the coupling of the radiator 210 with the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 at the first connection point 211; the current distribution of the floor 300 coupled with the first switch branch 231 or the second switch branch 232 at the first connection point 211; the value range of the equivalent device of the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232; the position of the feeding point 221; the position of the grounding point 222; the position of the first connection point 211; and the like.

图22至图24是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200的仿真结果。其中,图22是天线200(第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合)的S参数。图23是天线200(第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合)的S参数。图24是天线200(连接点耦合不同开关支路)的辐射效率的仿真结果。Figures 22 to 24 are simulation results of the antenna 200 in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 20. Figure 22 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233). Figure 23 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235). Figure 24 is the simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupled with different switch branches).

如图22所示,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合,天线可以在2.3GHz附近、2.1GHz附近产生谐振。其中,2.3GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第一谐振,2.1GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第三谐振。As shown in FIG22 , the first connection point 211 is coupled to the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233, and the antenna can resonate near 2.3 GHz and near 2.1 GHz. The resonance generated near 2.3 GHz may correspond to the first resonance in the above embodiment, and the resonance generated near 2.1 GHz may correspond to the third resonance in the above embodiment.

如图23所示,第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合,天线可以在2.2GHz附近、1.8GHz附近产生谐振。其中,2.2GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第二谐振,1.8GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第四谐振。As shown in FIG23 , the first connection point 211 is coupled to the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235, so that the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz and near 1.8 GHz. The resonance near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the second resonance in the above embodiment, and the resonance near 1.8 GHz may correspond to the fourth resonance in the above embodiment.

如图24所示,在第一频段(例如,2170MHz-2200MHz),连接点连接不同开关支路的天线均具有良好的辐射效率。As shown in FIG. 24 , in the first frequency band (eg, 2170 MHz-2200 MHz), antennas whose connection points are connected to different switch branches all have good radiation efficiency.

并且,相较于未设置第一寄生枝节或第二寄生枝节,天线在2.19GHz附近产生凹坑,可以对应于上述实施例中的第一寄生谐振或第二寄生谐振,辐射效率下降约0.4dB。Moreover, compared with the case where the first parasitic branch or the second parasitic branch is not provided, the antenna generates a pit near 2.19 GHz, which may correspond to the first parasitic resonance or the second parasitic resonance in the above embodiment, and the radiation efficiency decreases by about 0.4 dB.

图25至图29是图20所示的电子设备10中天线200在2.2GHz处的方向图。其中,图25是天线200(第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合)产生的二维方向图。图26是天线200(第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合)产生的三维方向图。图27是天线200(第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合)产生的二维方向图。图28是天线200(第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合)产生的三维方向图。图29是第一方向图和第二方向图叠加形成的方向图。Figures 25 to 29 are directional diagrams of the antenna 200 at 2.2 GHz in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 20. Figure 25 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233). Figure 26 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233). Figure 27 is a two-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235). Figure 28 is a three-dimensional directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235). Figure 29 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram.

应理解,第一连接点211与第一开关支路231耦合、第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合,天线200可以产生上述实施例中的第一方向图。第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合、第三连接点213通与第五开关支路235耦合,天线200可以产生上述实施例中的第二方向图。It should be understood that the first connection point 211 is coupled with the first switch branch 231, and the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the antenna 200 can generate the first directional pattern in the above embodiment. The first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235, and the antenna 200 can generate the second directional pattern in the above embodiment.

如图25和图27所示,天线产生的第一方向图和第二方向图在Theta(θ)小于25°的范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,天线具有良好的辐射特性。As shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 27 , the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern generated by the antenna have a gain greater than or equal to 0 dBi within the range of Theta (θ) less than 25°, and the antenna has good radiation characteristics.

第一连接点与第一开关支路耦合、第二连接点与第三开关支路耦合,在Theta(θ)大于25°且小于70°范围内,第一方向图仅在Phi大于75°且小于280°范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,如图25所示。The first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch, and the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch. In the range of Theta (θ) greater than 25° and less than 70°, the first directional pattern is only in Phi In the range greater than 75° and less than 280°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in Figure 25.

第一连接点与第一开关支路耦合、第二连接点与第三开关支路耦合,辐射体、第一寄生枝节、第二寄生枝节用于产生天线的第一方向图。第一寄生枝节可以用于调整第一方向图的最大辐射方向与顶部方向所呈角度,使该角度更大(最大辐射方向朝第一寄生枝节一侧偏转),如图26所示。The first connection point is coupled to the first switch branch, the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch, and the radiator, the first parasitic branch, and the second parasitic branch are used to generate a first radiation pattern of the antenna. The first parasitic branch can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the first parasitic branch), as shown in FIG26.

第一连接点与第二开关支路耦合、第三连接点通与第五开关支路耦合,在Theta(θ)大于25°且小于70°范围内,第二方向图仅在Phi大于0°且小于120°、大于240°且小于360°范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,如图27所示。The first connection point is coupled to the second switch branch, the third connection point is coupled to the fifth switch branch, and within the range of Theta (θ) greater than 25° and less than 70°, the second directional pattern is only at Phi In the range of greater than 0° and less than 120° and greater than 240° and less than 360°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in FIG27 .

第一连接点与第二开关支路耦合、第三连接点通与第五开关支路耦合,辐射体、第一寄生枝节、第二寄生枝节用于产生天线的第二方向图。第二寄生枝节可以用于调整第二方向图的最大辐射方向与顶部方向所呈角度,使该角度更大(最大辐射方向朝第二寄生枝节一侧偏转),如图28所示。The first connection point is coupled with the second switch branch, the third connection point is coupled with the fifth switch branch, and the radiator, the first parasitic branch, and the second parasitic branch are used to generate the second radiation pattern of the antenna. The second parasitic branch can be used to adjust the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern and the top direction to make the angle larger (the maximum radiation direction is deflected toward the second parasitic branch), as shown in FIG28.

而第一方向图和第二方向图叠加(合成),天线在Theta(θ)小于70°的范围内具有良好的辐射特性,如图29所示。通信卫星在该角度范围(与顶部方向呈70°范围内)内移动时,仍然位于电子设备10中天线具有较好辐射特性的区域,电子设备10与通信卫星之间依然可以具有良好的通信特性。The first directional pattern and the second directional pattern are superimposed (synthesized), and the antenna has good radiation characteristics within the range of Theta (θ) less than 70°, as shown in Figure 29. When the communication satellite moves within this angle range (within 70° of the top direction), it is still located in the area where the antenna in the electronic device 10 has good radiation characteristics, and the electronic device 10 and the communication satellite can still have good communication characteristics.

图30是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备10的示意图。FIG30 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图30所示,电子设备10包括边框11、天线200和地板300。As shown in FIG. 30 , the electronic device 10 includes a frame 11 , an antenna 200 , and a floor 300 .

其中,边框11的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。边框11包括第一边131,以及与第一边131呈角相交的第二边132和第三边133。第一边131的长度小于第二边132的长度,且小于第三边133的长度。At least part of the frame 11 is spaced from the floor 300. The frame 11 includes a first side 131, and a second side 132 and a third side 133 that intersect the first side 131 at an angle. The length of the first side 131 is less than the length of the second side 132, and less than the length of the third side 133.

第一边131包括第一位置201和第二位置202。第一边131或第二边132还包括第三位置203。第二边132包括第四位置204。第一边131或第三边133还包括第五位置205。第三边133包括第六位置206。边框11在第一位置201、第二位置202开设第一绝缘缝隙、第二绝缘缝隙。The first side 131 includes a first position 201 and a second position 202. The first side 131 or the second side 132 also includes a third position 203. The second side 132 includes a fourth position 204. The first side 131 or the third side 133 also includes a fifth position 205. The third side 133 includes a sixth position 206. The frame 11 has a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap in the first position 201 and the second position 202.

天线200包括辐射体210、馈电电路220、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252、第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234、第五开关支路235、第六开关支路236、第二开关242和第三开关243。The antenna 200 includes a radiator 210 , a feeding circuit 220 , a first parasitic stub 251 , a second parasitic stub 252 , a third switch branch 233 , a fourth switch branch 234 , a fifth switch branch 235 , a sixth switch branch 236 , a second switch 242 , and a third switch 243 .

其中,辐射体210包括边框11在第一位置201和第二位置202之间的导电部分。辐射体210的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。The radiator 210 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the first position 201 and the second position 202. At least a portion of the radiator 210 is spaced apart from the floor 300.

第一寄生枝节251包括边框11在第三位置203和第四位置204之间的导电部分。第二寄生枝节252包括边框11在第五位置205和第六位置206之间的导电部分。第一寄生枝节251的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。第二寄生枝节252的至少部分与地板300间隔设置。The first parasitic branch 251 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204. The second parasitic branch 252 includes a conductive portion of the frame 11 between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206. At least a portion of the first parasitic branch 251 is spaced apart from the floor 300. At least a portion of the second parasitic branch 252 is spaced apart from the floor 300.

辐射体210包括馈电点221,馈电电路220与馈电点221耦合,为天线200馈入电信号。The radiator 210 includes a feeding point 221 , and the feeding circuit 220 is coupled to the feeding point 221 to feed an electrical signal into the antenna 200 .

第一寄生枝节251包括第二连接点212。第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234和第二开关242耦合连接于第二连接点212和地板300之间。第二开关242的第一连接端口与第三开关支路233耦合。第二开关242的第二连接端口与第四开关支路234耦合。为便于理解,第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234可以看做是并联设置的。The first parasitic branch 251 includes a second connection point 212. The third switch branch 233, the fourth switch branch 234, and the second switch 242 are coupled and connected between the second connection point 212 and the floor 300. The first connection port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233. The second connection port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234. For ease of understanding, the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.

第二寄生枝节252包括第三连接点213。第五开关支路235、第六开关支路236和第三开关243耦合连接于第三连接点213和地板300之间。第三开关243的第一连接端口与第五开关支路235耦合。第三开关243的第二连接端口与第六开关支路236耦合。为便于理解,第三开关支路233、第四开关支路234可以看做是并联设置的。The second parasitic branch 252 includes a third connection point 213. The fifth switch branch 235, the sixth switch branch 236 and the third switch 243 are coupled and connected between the third connection point 213 and the floor 300. The first connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235. The second connection port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236. For ease of understanding, the third switch branch 233 and the fourth switch branch 234 can be regarded as being arranged in parallel.

当第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,例如,第二开关242的公共端口与第二开关242的第一连接端口耦合,第三开关243的公共端口与第三开关243的第二连接端口耦合。辐射体210用于产生第一谐振,第一谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段,第一频段为卫星通信频段中的至少部分频段。When the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, for example, the common port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the first connection port of the second switch 242, and the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the second connection port of the third switch 243. The radiator 210 is used to generate a first resonance, and the resonance frequency band of the first resonance includes a first frequency band, which is at least a part of the satellite communication frequency band.

在一个实施例中,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,天线200产生第一方向图。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第一方向图可以认为是辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252用于产生天线200的第一方向图。In one embodiment, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern, which can be considered that the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, and the second parasitic branch 252 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200.

第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,例如,第二开关242的公共端口与第二开关242的第二连接端口耦合,第三开关243的公共端口与第三开关243的第一连接端口耦合。辐射体210用于产生第二谐振,第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段。The second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243. For example, the common port of the second switch 242 is coupled to the second connection port of the second switch 242, and the common port of the third switch 243 is coupled to the first connection port of the third switch 243. The radiator 210 is used to generate a second resonance, and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance includes the first frequency band.

应理解,当电子设备10通过天线200与通信卫星进行通信。天线200的工作频段可以包括卫星通信频段中的发射频段和接收频段。在一个实施例中,馈电电路220用于传输第一频段的射频信号和第二频段的射频信号。It should be understood that when the electronic device 10 communicates with a communication satellite via the antenna 200, the operating frequency band of the antenna 200 may include a transmitting frequency band and a receiving frequency band in the satellite communication frequency band. In one embodiment, the feed circuit 220 is used to transmit a radio frequency signal of a first frequency band and a radio frequency signal of a second frequency band.

在一个实施例中,在第一时间/时间段,上述实施例中的第一谐振的谐振频段、第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段、第一频段可以为卫星通信频段中的发射频段。In one embodiment, at a first time/time period, the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance in the above embodiment include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.

在一个实施例中,在第一时间/时间段,上述实施例中的第一谐振的谐振频段、第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段,第二频段可以为卫星通信频段中的接收频段。In one embodiment, at the first time/time period, the resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance in the above embodiment include a second frequency band, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band.

在一个实施例中,第一频段可以为1.5GHz至4.5GHz内的至少部分频段。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于天通卫星系统,第一频段可以为其中的发射频段(1980MHz-2010MHz)。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于北斗卫星系统,第一频段可以为其中的发射频段(1610MHz-1626.5MHz)。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于低轨道卫星系统(例如,星网),第一频段可以为其中的发射频段(1668MHz-1675MHz)。In one embodiment, the first frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1980 MHz-2010 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1610 MHz-1626.5 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in a low-orbit satellite system (e.g., StarNet), and the first frequency band may be a transmission frequency band (1668 MHz-1675 MHz) therein.

在一个实施例中,第二频段可以为1.5GHz至4.5GHz内的至少部分频段。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于天通卫星系统,第二频段可以为其中的接收频段(2170MHz-2200MHz)。在一个实施例中,天线200工作于北斗卫星系统,第二频段可以为其中的接收频段(2483.5MHz-2500MHz)。在一个实施例中,第二频段可以为其中的接收频段(1518MHz-1525MHz)。In one embodiment, the second frequency band may be at least a portion of a frequency band within a range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Tiantong satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2170 MHz-2200 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the antenna 200 operates in the Beidou satellite system, and the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (2483.5 MHz-2500 MHz) therein. In one embodiment, the second frequency band may be a receiving frequency band (1518 MHz-1525 MHz) therein.

在一个实施例中,天线200还可以包括调谐电路。该调谐电路与辐射体210耦合,用于调整辐射体210产生的谐振的谐振点频率,使第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段或第二频段,天线200可以在不同时隙工作于第一频段和第二频段。在一个实施例中,该调谐电路可以包括通过第一开关241耦合至第一连接点的其他开关支路。该开关支路用于调整辐射体210产生的谐振的谐振点频率,使第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段或第二频段。在一个实施例中,该调谐电路可以包括第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232,第一开关支路231和第二开关支路232可以用于使辐射体210产生第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段。其他开关支路可以用于使辐射体210产生的第一谐振的谐振频段和第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段。为了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以天线工作于单个频段为例进行说明。In one embodiment, the antenna 200 may further include a tuning circuit. The tuning circuit is coupled to the radiator 210 and is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band, and the antenna 200 can operate in the first frequency band and the second frequency band in different time slots. In one embodiment, the tuning circuit may include other switch branches coupled to the first connection point through the first switch 241. The switch branch is used to adjust the resonance point frequency of the resonance generated by the radiator 210, so that the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance include the first frequency band or the second frequency band. In one embodiment, the tuning circuit may include a first switch branch 231 and a second switch branch 232, and the first switch branch 231 and the second switch branch 232 may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the first frequency band. Other switch branches may be used to make the resonance frequency band of the first resonance and the resonance frequency band of the second resonance generated by the radiator 210 include the second frequency band. For the sake of simplicity, in the embodiments of the present application, only an example of an antenna operating in a single frequency band is used for illustration.

在一个实施例中,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,天线200产生第二方向图。在一个实施例中,天线200产生第二方向图可以认为是辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252用于产生天线200的第二方向图。In one embodiment, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, and the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern. In one embodiment, the second directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 can be considered as the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, and the second parasitic branch 252 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200.

应理解,在图30所示的实施例中,第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252中的至少一个,通过其上设置的开关支路内的相应器件,使得天线200产生第一方向图;第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252中的至少另一个,通过其上设置的开关支路内的相应器件,使得天线200产生第二方向图。则可以将“天线200产生第一方向图”认为是“辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252、第三开关支路233与第六开关支路236用于产生天线200的第一方向图”;以及将“天线200产生第二方向图”认为是“辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252、第四开关支路234与第五开关支路235用于产生天线200的第二方向图”。对于本申请中的其他实施例,也可以做相应理解。It should be understood that in the embodiment shown in FIG. 30 , at least one of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 enables the antenna 200 to generate a first directional pattern through corresponding devices in the switch branch disposed thereon; at least another of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 enables the antenna 200 to generate a second directional pattern through corresponding devices in the switch branch disposed thereon. Then, “the antenna 200 generates a first directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the third switch branch 233 and the sixth switch branch 236 are used to generate the first directional pattern of the antenna 200”; and “the antenna 200 generates a second directional pattern” can be considered as “the radiator 210, the first parasitic branch 251, the second parasitic branch 252, the fourth switch branch 234 and the fifth switch branch 235 are used to generate the second directional pattern of the antenna 200”. For other embodiments in the present application, corresponding understanding can also be made.

在一个实施例中,第六开关支路236可以用于使第二寄生枝节252不对第一方向图产生影响。在一个实施例中,第六开关支路236可以不包括电子元件,第六开关支路236可以使第三连接点213与地板300直接电连接。第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,第三连接点213与地板300耦合,等效为未设置第二寄生枝节252。在一个实施例中,第六开关支路236可以包括电子元件,该电子元件可以使第二寄生枝节252产生的寄生谐振远离辐射体210产生的谐振(例如,频率差大于或等于300MHz)。In one embodiment, the sixth switch branch 236 can be used to prevent the second parasitic stub 252 from affecting the first directional pattern. In one embodiment, the sixth switch branch 236 may not include electronic components, and the sixth switch branch 236 can directly electrically connect the third connection point 213 to the floor 300. The third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the floor 300, which is equivalent to not setting the second parasitic stub 252. In one embodiment, the sixth switch branch 236 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the second parasitic stub 252 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).

其中,第二寄生枝节252通过多种方式(例如,第三连接点213与地板300枝节耦合)不对第一方向图产生影响,也可以理解为第二寄生枝节252用于与辐射体210、第一寄生枝节251共同产生第二方向图。Among them, the second parasitic branch 252 does not affect the first directivity pattern in various ways (for example, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the branch of the floor 300). It can also be understood that the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate the second directivity pattern together with the radiator 210 and the first parasitic branch 251.

在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以用于使第一寄生枝节251不对第二方向图产生影响。在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以不包括电子元件,第四开关支路234可以使第二连接点212与地板300直接电连接。当第一连接点211与第二开关支路232耦合,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234耦合,地板300与第二连接点212耦合,可以等效为未设置第一寄生枝节251。在一个实施例中,第四开关支路234可以包括电子元件,该电子元件可以使第一寄生枝节251产生的寄生谐振远离辐射体210产生的谐振(例如,频率差大于或等于300MHz)。In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 can be used to prevent the first parasitic stub 251 from affecting the second directional pattern. In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 may not include electronic components, and the fourth switch branch 234 can directly electrically connect the second connection point 212 to the floor 300. When the first connection point 211 is coupled with the second switch branch 232, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the floor 300 is coupled to the second connection point 212, it can be equivalent to not setting the first parasitic stub 251. In one embodiment, the fourth switch branch 234 may include electronic components, which can make the parasitic resonance generated by the first parasitic stub 251 away from the resonance generated by the radiator 210 (for example, the frequency difference is greater than or equal to 300MHz).

其中,第一寄生枝节251通过多种方式(例如,第二连接点212与地板300枝节耦合)不对第二方向图产生影响,也可以理解为第一寄生枝节251用于与辐射体210、第二寄生枝节252共同产生第二方向图。The first parasitic branch 251 does not affect the second directivity pattern in various ways (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the branch of the floor 300 ). It can also be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate the second directivity pattern together with the radiator 210 and the second parasitic branch 252 .

在一个实施例中,第一方向图的最大辐射体方向为第一方向,第二方向图的最大辐射体方向为第二方向,第一方向和第二方向不同。In one embodiment, the maximum radiator direction of the first directional pattern is a first direction, the maximum radiator direction of the second directional pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different.

应理解,在第一开关状态,相较于未设置第一寄生枝节251(例如,第二连接点212与第六开关逐鹿耦合),第一方向朝第一寄生枝节251所在一侧偏转。在第二开状态,相较于设置第二寄生枝节252(例如,第三连接点213与第四开关支路耦合),第二方向朝第二寄生枝节252所在一侧偏转。通过第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252可以使天线200在第一开关状态和第二开关状态产生的方向图向顶部方向(由电子设备底部指向顶部的方向,例如,z方向)的两侧(第一寄生枝节251所在一侧、第二寄生枝节252所在一侧)偏转,天线200可以根据通信卫星与电子设备10的通信状况(例如,包括相对位置)切换天线200产生的第一方向图和第二方向图,以切换天线200产生的方向图的最大辐射方向,保证和通信卫星之间的通信质量。It should be understood that in the first switch state, compared with not setting the first parasitic branch 251 (for example, the second connection point 212 is coupled with the sixth switch), the first direction is deflected toward the side where the first parasitic branch 251 is located. In the second open state, compared with setting the second parasitic branch 252 (for example, the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fourth switch branch), the second direction is deflected toward the side where the second parasitic branch 252 is located. Through the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252, the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 in the first switch state and the second switch state can be deflected to the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction) on both sides (the side where the first parasitic branch 251 is located and the side where the second parasitic branch 252 is located), and the antenna 200 can switch the first directional pattern and the second directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 according to the communication status (for example, including the relative position) between the communication satellite and the electronic device 10, so as to switch the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200, and ensure the communication quality with the communication satellite.

因此,电子设备10在与顶部方向(由电子设备底部指向顶部的方向,例如,z方向)呈较大的角度(例如,50°,60°,或,70°)的范围内均具有良好的通信特性。例如,当用户进行卫星通信时,天线200具有宽波束的特性,天线200产生的方向图在较大的角度内均具有良好的特性,有效提升了用户体验。Therefore, the electronic device 10 has good communication characteristics within a range of a large angle (e.g., 50°, 60°, or 70°) with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction). For example, when the user performs satellite communication, the antenna 200 has a wide beam characteristic, and the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 has good characteristics within a large angle, which effectively improves the user experience.

应理解,在本申请实施例(例如,在图30所示的电子设备10)中,以天线200处于同一工作状态为例进行说明。其中,同一工作状态可以理解为天线200的工作频段可以包括第一频段,天线200在第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233或第四开关支路234、第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235或第六开关支路236均可以在第一频段进行通信。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application (for example, in the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 30 ), the antenna 200 is in the same working state as an example for description. The same working state can be understood as the working frequency band of the antenna 200 can include the first frequency band, and the antenna 200 can communicate in the first frequency band when the second switch 242 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 or the fourth switch branch 234, and the third switch 243 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 or the sixth switch branch 236.

应理解,图30所示的天线200与图19的所示的天线200的区别仅在于第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232和第一开关241。在图16所示的天线200中,未设置第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232和第一开关241。It should be understood that the antenna 200 shown in Fig. 30 differs from the antenna 200 shown in Fig. 19 only in the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232 and the first switch 241. In the antenna 200 shown in Fig. 16, the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232 and the first switch 241 are not provided.

应可理解,设置辐射体210上的开关和开关支路,或者不设置辐射体210上的开关和开关支路,第一寄生枝节251上设置的第三开关支路233中设置的器件可以相同或者不同,第三开关支路233的等效器件值可以相同或者不同,可以根据目标方向图来选取第三开关支路233的具体形式;类似地,是否设置辐射体210上的开关和开关支路,也都可以根据目标方向图来选取第一寄生枝节251上设置的第四开关支路234、第二寄生枝节252上设置的第五开关支路235、或第二寄生枝节252上设置的第六开关支路236的具体形式。It should be understood that whether switches and switch branches are set on the radiator 210, or whether switches and switch branches are not set on the radiator 210, the devices set in the third switch branch 233 set on the first parasitic branch 251 can be the same or different, the equivalent device values of the third switch branch 233 can be the same or different, and the specific form of the third switch branch 233 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern; similarly, whether switches and switch branches are set on the radiator 210, the specific form of the fourth switch branch 234 set on the first parasitic branch 251, the fifth switch branch 235 set on the second parasitic branch 252, or the sixth switch branch 236 set on the second parasitic branch 252 can be selected according to the target radiation pattern.

在图19所示的天线200中,第一开关241用于切换在不同开关状态下与第一连接点211耦合连接的开关支路,调整虚拟轴线两侧的地板300上的电流分布,使天线200不同开关状态下产生的方向图的最大辐射方向偏转。In the antenna 200 shown in Figure 19, the first switch 241 is used to switch the switch branch coupled to the first connection point 211 in different switching states, adjust the current distribution on the floor 300 on both sides of the virtual axis, and deflect the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 in different switching states.

同时,在图19所示的天线200中,在不同的开关状态下,通过第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252可以进一步调整天线200产生的方向图的最大辐射方向与顶部方向所呈角度,使该角度进步增大。通过上述两种方式使天线200在与顶部方向(由电子设备底部指向顶部的方向,例如,z方向)呈较大的角度的范围内均具有良好的通信特性。Meanwhile, in the antenna 200 shown in FIG19 , in different switch states, the angle between the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 and the top direction can be further adjusted by the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252, so that the angle is further increased. Through the above two methods, the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a range of a larger angle with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction).

而在图30所示的天线200中,未设置第一开关支路231、第二开关支路232和第一开关241,仅通过第一寄生枝节251和第二寄生枝节252调整天线200在不同开关状态下产生的方向图的最大辐射方向,从而使天线200在与顶部方向(由电子设备底部指向顶部的方向,例如,z方向)呈较大的角度的范围内均具有良好的通信特性。In the antenna 200 shown in FIG. 30 , the first switch branch 231, the second switch branch 232 and the first switch 241 are not provided, and only the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 are used to adjust the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200 in different switching states, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a range of a larger angle with the top direction (the direction from the bottom of the electronic device to the top, for example, the z direction).

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252可以呈任意结构,本申请实施例对此并不做限制。在一个实施例中,边框11可以在第三位置203和第四位置204开设绝缘缝隙、和/或第五位置205和第六位置206开设绝缘缝隙,第一寄生枝节251、和/或第二寄生枝节252可以为类似偶极子的天线结构。在一个实施例中,边框11可以在第三位置203和第四位置204之间开设绝缘缝隙、和/或第五位置205和第六位置206之间开设绝缘缝隙,第一寄生枝节251、和/或第二寄生枝节252可以为多个枝节组合的天线结构。为了论述的简洁,本申请实施例中,仅以第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252的一端为开放端、一端为接地端的形式进行说明。边框11在第三位置203与地板300耦合、在第四位置204开设第三绝缘缝隙,边框11在第三位置203与地板300耦合。边框11在第六位置206开设第四绝缘缝隙,如图31所示。In one embodiment, the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be of any structure, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. In one embodiment, the frame 11 can have an insulating gap at the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap at the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be a dipole-like antenna structure. In one embodiment, the frame 11 can have an insulating gap between the third position 203 and the fourth position 204, and/or an insulating gap between the fifth position 205 and the sixth position 206, and the first parasitic branch 251 and/or the second parasitic branch 252 can be an antenna structure composed of multiple branches. For the sake of simplicity in discussion, in the embodiment of the present application, only one end of the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 is an open end and one end is a grounded end for description. The frame 11 is coupled with the floor 300 at the third position 203 and has a third insulating gap at the fourth position 204. The frame 11 is coupled with the floor 300 at the third position 203. The frame 11 has a fourth insulating gap at the sixth position 206, as shown in FIG. 31 .

在一个实施例中,第一方向和第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于10°,且小于或等于90°。In one embodiment, an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°.

应理解,当第一方向图,第一方向图的最大辐射方向和第二方向图的最大辐射方向朝顶部方向两侧偏移(第一方向和第二方向之间具有更大的角度),则可以进一步展宽天线200辐射波束的宽度,使天线200在更宽的角度(与顶部方向所呈角度)范围内具有良好的通信特性。It should be understood that when the first radiation pattern, the maximum radiation direction of the first radiation pattern and the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern are offset toward both sides of the top direction (there is a larger angle between the first direction and the second direction), the width of the radiation beam of the antenna 200 can be further widened, so that the antenna 200 has good communication characteristics within a wider angle range (angle with the top direction).

在一个实施例中,辐射体210可以不包括接地点。In one embodiment, the radiator 210 may not include a ground point.

应理解,上述第一谐振/第二谐振由上述实施例中所述的线DM模式产生。由于线DM模式产生的电流主要由辐射体210产生,电流主要集中在辐射体210上,地板300上并不会产生多个电流模式,容易确定天线200产生的方向图的最大辐射方向。同时,对于线DM模式来说,在线DM模式下天线的辐射主要由辐射体产生,线DM模式的系统效率和辐射效率相较于线CM模式更优。It should be understood that the first resonance/second resonance is generated by the line DM mode described in the above embodiment. Since the current generated by the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator 210, the current is mainly concentrated on the radiator 210, and multiple current modes are not generated on the floor 300, it is easy to determine the maximum radiation direction of the directional pattern generated by the antenna 200. At the same time, for the line DM mode, the radiation of the antenna in the line DM mode is mainly generated by the radiator, and the system efficiency and radiation efficiency of the line DM mode are better than those of the line CM mode.

在一个实施例中,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,且当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,辐射体210上的电流和第一寄生枝节251上的电流同向(电流路径呈顺时针或逆时针)。In one embodiment, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the first parasitic branch 251 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).

在一个实施例中,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,且当天线200工作于第一频段或第二频段,辐射体210上的电流和第二寄生枝节252上的电流同向(电流路径呈顺时针或逆时针)。In one embodiment, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, and the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, and when the antenna 200 operates in the first frequency band or the second frequency band, the current on the radiator 210 and the current on the second parasitic branch 252 are in the same direction (the current path is clockwise or counterclockwise).

应理解,当辐射体210上的电流与寄生枝节(第一寄生枝节251或第二寄生枝节252)上的电流同向,可以更好的展宽辐射波束的带宽,使天线200在更宽的角度范围内具有较好的辐射特性。It should be understood that when the current on the radiator 210 is in the same direction as the current on the parasitic branch (the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252 ), the bandwidth of the radiation beam can be better broadened, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics within a wider angle range.

在一个实施例中,第三位置203位于第四位置204和第二位置202之间。第五位置205位于第六位置206和第一位置201之间。In one embodiment, the third position 203 is located between the fourth position 204 and the second position 202. The fifth position 205 is located between the sixth position 206 and the first position 201.

应理解,在了论述的简洁,在本申请实施例中,仅以上述结构为例进行说明,在实际的生产或设计中,第四位置204也可以位于第三位置203和第二位置202之间,第六位置206位于第五位置205和第一位置201之间,本申请实施例对此并不做限制,不再一一赘述。It should be understood that for the sake of simplicity of discussion, in the embodiments of the present application, only the above-mentioned structure is used as an example for illustration. In actual production or design, the fourth position 204 may also be located between the third position 203 and the second position 202, and the sixth position 206 may be located between the fifth position 205 and the first position 201. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this and will not be described one by one.

在一个实施例中,第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第三开关支路233耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第六开关支路236,馈电电路220馈入电信号,辐射体210用于产生第一主谐振,第一寄生枝节251用于产生第一寄生谐振。第二连接点212通过第二开关242耦合至第四开关支路234耦合,第三连接点213通过第三开关243耦合至第五开关支路235,馈电电路220馈入电信号,辐射体210用于产生第二主谐振,第二寄生枝节252用于产生第二寄生谐振。In one embodiment, the second connection point 212 is coupled to the third switch branch 233 through the second switch 242, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the sixth switch branch 236 through the third switch 243, the feed circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a first main resonance, and the first parasitic branch 251 is used to generate a first parasitic resonance. The second connection point 212 is coupled to the fourth switch branch 234 through the second switch 242, the third connection point 213 is coupled to the fifth switch branch 235 through the third switch 243, the feed circuit 220 feeds an electrical signal, the radiator 210 is used to generate a second main resonance, and the second parasitic branch 252 is used to generate a second parasitic resonance.

第一主谐振与第一寄生谐振共同形成上述第一谐振,第二主谐振与第二寄生谐振共同形成上述第二谐振(由于寄生谐振的谐振点与主谐振的谐振点频差较小,在S参数图中,主谐振和寄生谐振融合为一个谐振)。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点位于主谐振的谐振频段内。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点频率与主谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于100MHz。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点频率与主谐振的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于50MHz。在一个实施例中,寄生谐振的谐振点频率可以小于主谐振的谐振点频率。The first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned first resonance, and the second main resonance and the second parasitic resonance together form the above-mentioned second resonance (due to the small frequency difference between the resonance point of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point of the main resonance, in the S parameter diagram, the main resonance and the parasitic resonance are merged into one resonance). In one embodiment, the resonance point of the parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the main resonance. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the main resonance is less than or equal to 100 MHz. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance and the resonance point frequency of the main resonance is less than or equal to 50 MHz. In one embodiment, the resonance point frequency of the parasitic resonance may be less than the resonance point frequency of the main resonance.

同时,在本申请实施例中,辐射体210与寄生枝节(第一寄生枝节251或第二寄生枝节252)之间的耦合较弱,并不能较好的激励寄生谐振。因此,在S参数图中并不能明显出现对应于寄生谐振的凹坑。而由于寄生谐振有部分电流激励,在效率曲线(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)中会出现明显的凹坑。例如,在第一频点出现效率凹坑,则第一频点可以认为对应于上述第一寄生谐振或第二谐振的谐振点。在一个实施例中,该凹坑导致的效率(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)降幅不超过1.5dB。在一个实施例中,该凹坑导致的效率(例如,辐射效率或系统效率)降幅不超过1dB。At the same time, in an embodiment of the present application, the coupling between the radiator 210 and the parasitic branch (the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252) is weak, and the parasitic resonance cannot be well excited. Therefore, the pit corresponding to the parasitic resonance does not appear clearly in the S parameter diagram. However, since the parasitic resonance is partially excited by current, an obvious pit will appear in the efficiency curve (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency). For example, if an efficiency pit appears at the first frequency point, the first frequency point can be considered to correspond to the resonance point of the above-mentioned first parasitic resonance or second resonance. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1.5dB. In one embodiment, the efficiency (for example, radiation efficiency or system efficiency) caused by the pit does not exceed 1dB.

在一个实施例中,第一谐振(第一主谐振)的谐振点频率和第二谐振(第二主谐振)的谐振点频率大致相同。在一个实施例中,(第一主谐振)的谐振点频率和第二谐振(第二主谐振)的谐振点频率之间的频率差小于或等于50MHz。In one embodiment, the resonance point frequency of the first resonance (first main resonance) and the resonance point frequency of the second resonance (second main resonance) are substantially the same. In one embodiment, the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency (first main resonance) and the resonance point frequency of the second resonance (second main resonance) is less than or equal to 50 MHz.

在一个实施例中,第一寄生枝节251或第二寄生枝节252在第三方向上与辐射体210的距离小于第二边132(或第三边133)的长度的二分之一。其中,第三方向为第二边132(或第三边133)的延伸方向,例如,顶部方向(z方向)。In one embodiment, the distance between the first parasitic branch 251 or the second parasitic branch 252 and the radiator 210 in the third direction is less than half of the length of the second side 132 (or the third side 133). The third direction is the extension direction of the second side 132 (or the third side 133), for example, the top direction (z direction).

应理解,第一寄生枝节251可以位于第二边132的中点靠近第一边131的一侧,第二寄生枝节252可以位于第三边133的中点靠近第一边131的一侧,以使第一寄生枝节251、第二寄生枝节252可以更好的被激励,使天线200具有更好的辐射特性。It should be understood that the first parasitic branch 251 can be located at the midpoint of the second side 132 on the side close to the first side 131, and the second parasitic branch 252 can be located at the midpoint of the third side 133 on the side close to the first side 131, so that the first parasitic branch 251 and the second parasitic branch 252 can be better excited, so that the antenna 200 has better radiation characteristics.

在一个实施例中,第三位置203和第二位置202之间的导体部分和/或第一位置201和第五位置205之间的导体部分也可以作为寄生枝节,如图32所示。In one embodiment, the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 and/or the conductor portion between the first position 201 and the fifth position 205 may also serve as parasitic stubs, as shown in FIG. 32 .

应理解,该寄生枝节(第三位置203和第二位置202之间的导体部分形成的寄生枝节和/或第一位置201和第五位置205之间的导体部分)用于提升天线200的辐射特性(例如,提升效率)。该寄生枝节还可以用于增加第一寄生枝节251(和/或第二寄生枝节252)与辐射体210之间的耦合量,以更好的激励第一寄生枝节251(和/或第二寄生枝节252)。该寄生枝节还可以用于降低第二开关242(和/或第三开关243)的电压,以使第二开关242(和/或第三开关243)不会由于电压过高而被击穿。It should be understood that the parasitic branch (the parasitic branch formed by the conductor portion between the third position 203 and the second position 202 and/or the conductor portion between the first position 201 and the fifth position 205) is used to improve the radiation characteristics of the antenna 200 (for example, to improve efficiency). The parasitic branch can also be used to increase the coupling amount between the first parasitic branch 251 (and/or the second parasitic branch 252) and the radiator 210 to better excite the first parasitic branch 251 (and/or the second parasitic branch 252). The parasitic branch can also be used to reduce the voltage of the second switch 242 (and/or the third switch 243) so that the second switch 242 (and/or the third switch 243) will not be broken down due to excessive voltage.

图33至图35是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200的仿真结果。其中,图33是天线200(第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合、第三连接点213与第六开关支路236)的S参数。图34是天线200(第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合、第三连接点213与第五开关支路235)的S参数。图35是天线200(连接点耦合不同开关支路)的辐射效率的仿真结果。Figures 33 to 35 are simulation results of the antenna 200 in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 31. Figure 33 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236). Figure 34 is the S parameter of the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235). Figure 35 is the simulation result of the radiation efficiency of the antenna 200 (connection points coupled with different switch branches).

如图33所示,第二连接点通过第二开关耦合至第三开关支路耦合,第三连接点通过第三开关耦合至第六开关支路,天线可以在2.2GHz附近产生谐振。其中,2.2GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第一谐振。As shown in FIG33 , the second connection point is coupled to the third switch branch through the second switch, and the third connection point is coupled to the sixth switch branch through the third switch, and the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz. The resonance generated near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the first resonance in the above embodiment.

如图34所示,第二连接点通过第二开关耦合至第四开关支路耦合,第三连接点通过第三开关耦合至第五开关支路,天线可以在2.2GHz附近产生谐振。其中,2.2GHz附近产生的谐振可以对应于上述实施例中的第二谐振。As shown in FIG34 , the second connection point is coupled to the fourth switch branch through the second switch, and the third connection point is coupled to the fifth switch branch through the third switch, and the antenna can resonate near 2.2 GHz. The resonance generated near 2.2 GHz may correspond to the second resonance in the above embodiment.

如图33和图34所示,第一谐振的谐振点频率和第二谐振的谐振点频率大致相同。As shown in FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 , the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the second resonance are substantially the same.

如图35所示,在第一频段(例如,2170MHz-2200MHz),连接点连接不同开关支路的天线均具有良好的辐射效率。As shown in FIG. 35 , in the first frequency band (eg, 2170 MHz-2200 MHz), antennas whose connection points are connected to different switch branches all have good radiation efficiency.

并且,在第一开关状态、第二开关状态,天线在2.1GHz附近产生凹坑,可以对应于上述实施例中的第一寄生谐振或第二寄生谐振,辐射效率下降约0.5dB。Furthermore, in the first switching state and the second switching state, the antenna generates a pit near 2.1 GHz, which may correspond to the first parasitic resonance or the second parasitic resonance in the above embodiment, and the radiation efficiency decreases by about 0.5 dB.

图36至图38是图31所示的电子设备10中天线200在2.2GHz处的方向图。其中,图36是天线200(第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合、第三连接点213与第六开关支路236耦合)产生的方向图。图37是天线200(第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合、第三连接点213与第五开关支路235耦合)产生的方向图。图38是第一方向图和第二方向图叠加形成的方向图。Figures 36 to 38 are directional diagrams of the antenna 200 at 2.2 GHz in the electronic device 10 shown in Figure 31. Figure 36 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236). Figure 37 is a directional diagram generated by the antenna 200 (the second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235). Figure 38 is a directional diagram formed by superimposing the first directional diagram and the second directional diagram.

应理解,第二连接点212与第三开关支路233耦合、第三连接点213与第六开关支路236耦合,天线200可以产生上述实施例中的第一方向图。第二连接点212与第四开关支路234耦合、第三连接点213与第五开关支路235耦合,天线200可以产生上述实施例中的第二方向图。It should be understood that the second connection point 212 is coupled with the third switch branch 233, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the sixth switch branch 236, and the antenna 200 can generate the first directional pattern in the above embodiment. The second connection point 212 is coupled with the fourth switch branch 234, and the third connection point 213 is coupled with the fifth switch branch 235, and the antenna 200 can generate the second directional pattern in the above embodiment.

如图36和图37所示,天线产生的第一方向图和第二方向图在Theta(θ)小于40°的范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,天线具有良好的辐射特性。As shown in FIG. 36 and FIG. 37 , the first radiation pattern and the second radiation pattern generated by the antenna have a gain greater than or equal to 0 dBi within the range of Theta (θ) less than 40°, and the antenna has good radiation characteristics.

在Theta(θ)大于40°且小于70°范围内,第一方向图仅在Phi大于90°且小于270°范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,如图36所示。In the range of Theta (θ) greater than 40° and less than 70°, the first directional pattern is only In the range greater than 90° and less than 270°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in Figure 36.

在Theta(θ)大于40°且小于70°范围内,第二方向图仅在Phi大于0°且小于90°、大于270°且小于360°范围内增益大于或等于0dBi,如图37所示。In the range of Theta (θ) greater than 40° and less than 70°, the second directional pattern is only In the range of greater than 0° and less than 90° and greater than 270° and less than 360°, the gain is greater than or equal to 0dBi, as shown in Figure 37.

而第一方向图和第二方向图叠加(合成),天线在Theta(θ)小于70°的范围内具有良好的辐射特性,如图38所示。通信卫星在该角度范围(与顶部方向呈70°范围内)内移动时,仍然位于电子设备10中天线具有较好辐射特性的区域,电子设备10与通信卫星之间依然可以具有良好的通信特性。The first directional pattern and the second directional pattern are superimposed (synthesized), and the antenna has good radiation characteristics within the range of Theta (θ) less than 70°, as shown in FIG38. When the communication satellite moves within this angle range (within 70° of the top direction), it is still located in the area where the antenna in the electronic device 10 has good radiation characteristics, and the electronic device 10 and the communication satellite can still have good communication characteristics.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, comprising: 地板;floor; 边框,所述边框包括第一位置和第二位置,所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置开设第一绝缘缝隙和第二绝缘缝隙;A frame, the frame comprising a first position and a second position, the frame having a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap at the first position and the second position; 天线,所述天线包括:An antenna, comprising: 辐射体,所述辐射体包括所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间的导电部分,所述辐射体的至少部分与所述地板间隔设置;a radiator, the radiator comprising a conductive portion of the frame between the first position and the second position, at least a portion of the radiator being spaced from the floor; 馈电电路,所述辐射体包括馈电点,所述馈电电路与所述馈电点耦合;A feeding circuit, the radiator comprising a feeding point, the feeding circuit being coupled to the feeding point; 第一开关支路、第二开关支路和第一开关,所述辐射体包括第一连接点,所述第一开关支路、所述第二开关支路和所述第一开关耦合连接于所述第一连接点和所述地板之间,所述第一开关的第一连接端口与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述第一开关的第二连接端口与所述第二开关支路耦合;A first switch branch, a second switch branch and a first switch, the radiator includes a first connection point, the first switch branch, the second switch branch and the first switch are coupled and connected between the first connection point and the floor, a first connection port of the first switch is coupled to the first switch branch, and a second connection port of the first switch is coupled to the second switch branch; 其中,所述边框包括呈角相交的第一边和第二边,所述第一位置和所述第二位置位于所述第一边,所述第一边的长度小于所述第二边的长度;The frame includes a first side and a second side that intersect at an angle, the first position and the second position are located on the first side, and the length of the first side is less than the length of the second side; 所述馈电点和所述第一连接点分别位于所述辐射体的虚拟轴线的两侧,所述虚拟轴线两侧的辐射体长度相同;The feeding point and the first connection point are respectively located on two sides of a virtual axis of the radiator, and the lengths of the radiators on both sides of the virtual axis are the same; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第一谐振;Based on the coupling of the first connection point and the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a first resonance; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第二谐振;Based on the coupling of the first connection point and the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a second resonance; 其中,所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段,所述第一频段为卫星通信频段中的发射频段,或者;The resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band is a transmission frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band, or; 所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第二频段,所述第二频段为卫星通信频段中的接收频段。The resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a second frequency band, and the second frequency band is a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 1, characterized in that 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第一方向图,所述第一方向图的最大辐射方向为第一方向;Based on the coupling between the first connection point and the first switch branch, the antenna is used to generate a first directional pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the first directional pattern is a first direction; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第二方向图,所述第二方向图的最大辐射方向为第二方向,所述第一方向和所述第二方向不同。Based on the coupling between the first connection point and the second switch branch, the antenna is used to generate a second radiation pattern, the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different. 根据权利要求2所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一方向和所述第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于10°,且小于或等于90°。The electronic device according to claim 2, characterized in that an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that: 基于所述第一开关支路、所述第二开关支路呈容性时,所述第一开关支路的等效电容值小于所述第二开关支路的等效电容值,或,When the first switch branch and the second switch branch are capacitive, an equivalent capacitance value of the first switch branch is smaller than an equivalent capacitance value of the second switch branch, or, 基于所述第一开关支路、所述第二开关支路呈感性时,所述第一开关支路的等效电感值小于所述第二开关支路的等效电感值,或,When the first switch branch and the second switch branch are inductive, the equivalent inductance of the first switch branch is smaller than the equivalent inductance of the second switch branch, or, 所述第一开关支路呈容性,所述第二开关支路呈感性。The first switch branch is capacitive, and the second switch branch is inductive. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that: 所述第一连接点位于所述虚拟轴线的第一侧,所述馈电点位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧;The first connection point is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on a second side of the virtual axis; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流小于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, a current on a floor on a first side of the virtual axis is smaller than a current on a floor on a second side of the virtual axis. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that: 所述辐射体包括接地点,所述接地点与所述地板耦合,所述接地点位于所述馈电点和所述第一连接点之间。The radiator includes a ground point coupled to the floor, the ground point being located between the feed point and the first connection point. 根据权利要求6所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 6, characterized in that 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第三谐振,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第三谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第一频率差;Based on the coupling between the first connection point and the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a third resonance, and there is a first frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the third resonance; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第四谐振,所述第二谐振的谐振点频率和所述第四谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第二频率差,所述第二频率差大于所述第一频率差。Based on the coupling between the first connection point and the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a fourth resonance, and there is a second frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance, and the second frequency difference is greater than the first frequency difference. 根据权利要求6或7所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第三谐振,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第三谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第一频率差;Based on the coupling between the first connection point and the first switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a third resonance, and there is a first frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the resonance point frequency of the third resonance; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第四谐振,所述第二谐振的谐振点频率和所述第四谐振的谐振点频率之间具有第二频率差,所述第二频率差与所述第一频率差之间的差值大于或等于100MHz。Based on the coupling between the first connection point and the second switch branch, the radiator is used to generate a fourth resonance, and there is a second frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the second resonance and the resonance point frequency of the fourth resonance, and the difference between the second frequency difference and the first frequency difference is greater than or equal to 100 MHz. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that: 所述第一边或所述第二边包括第三位置,所述第二边包括第四位置,所述边框在所述第三位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,在所述第四位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙;The first side or the second side includes a third position, the second side includes a fourth position, the frame is coupled with the floor or has an insulating gap at the third position, and is coupled with the floor or has an insulating gap at the fourth position; 所述天线还包括:The antenna also includes: 寄生枝节,所述寄生枝节包括所述边框在所述第三位置和所述第四位置之间的导电部分,所述寄生枝节的至少部分与所述地板间隔设置;A parasitic branch, the parasitic branch comprising a conductive portion of the frame between the third position and the fourth position, at least a portion of the parasitic branch being spaced apart from the floor; 第三开关支路、第四开关支路和第二开关,所述寄生枝节包括第二连接点,所述第三开关支路和所述第二开关耦合连接于所述第二连接点和所述地板之间,所述第二开关的第一连接端口与所述第三开关支路耦合,所述第二开关的第二连接端口与所述第四开关支路耦合;A third switch branch, a fourth switch branch and a second switch, the parasitic branch includes a second connection point, the third switch branch and the second switch are coupled and connected between the second connection point and the floor, a first connection port of the second switch is coupled to the third switch branch, and a second connection port of the second switch is coupled to the fourth switch branch; 其中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述所述天线用于产生第一方向图,所述第一方向图的最大辐射方向为第一方向;Wherein, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna is used to generate a first directional pattern, and the maximum radiation direction of the first directional pattern is a first direction; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述所述天线用于产生第二方向图,所述第二方向图的最大辐射方向为第二方向,所述第一方向和所述第二方向不同。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the antenna is used to generate a second radiation pattern, the maximum radiation direction of the second radiation pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different. 根据权利要求9所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 9, characterized in that 所述边框在所述第三位置与所述地板耦合,所述边框在所述第四位置开设第三绝缘缝隙。The frame is coupled to the floor at the third position, and the frame defines a third insulating gap at the fourth position. 根据权利要求9或10所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that: 所述第三位置位于所述第四位置和所述第二位置之间。The third position is located between the fourth position and the second position. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 9 to 11, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,所述寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, and the parasitic branch is located on the second side of the virtual axis; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,所述寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, and the parasitic branch is located on the second side of the virtual axis. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 9 to 12, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体和所述寄生枝节上的电流同向。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the currents on the radiator and the parasitic branch are in the same direction. 根据权利要求9至13中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 9 to 13, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生主谐振,所述寄生枝节用于产生寄生谐振,所述寄生谐振位于所述主谐振的谐振频段内,所述主谐振和所述寄生谐振共同形成所述第一谐振。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the radiator is used to generate a main resonance, the parasitic branch is used to generate a parasitic resonance, the parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the main resonance, and the main resonance and the parasitic resonance together form the first resonance. 根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 9 to 14, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线在第一频点产生效率凹坑,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第一频点频率之间的频差小于或等于100MHz。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna generates an efficiency pit at a first frequency point, and the frequency difference between the resonance point frequency of the first resonance and the first frequency point frequency is less than or equal to 100 MHz. 根据权利要求1至15中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz的范围内,或者,所述第二频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz中的范围内。The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 15, characterized in that the first frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz, or the second frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz. 根据权利要求1至16中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述馈电电路用于传输所述第一频段的射频信号和所述第二频段的射频信号。The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 16, characterized in that the feeding circuit is used to transmit the radio frequency signal in the first frequency band and the radio frequency signal in the second frequency band. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, comprising: 地板;floor; 边框,所述边框包括第一边、以及与所述第一边呈角相交的第二边和第三边,所述第一边的长度小于所述第二边的长度以及所述第三边的长度,A frame, the frame comprising a first side, and a second side and a third side intersecting the first side at an angle, the length of the first side being smaller than the length of the second side and the length of the third side, 所述第一边包括第一位置、第二位置,所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置开设第一绝缘缝隙和第二绝缘缝隙;The first side includes a first position and a second position, and the frame is provided with a first insulating gap and a second insulating gap at the first position and the second position; 所述第一边或所述第二边包括第三位置,所述第二边包括第四位置,所述第一边或所述第三边包括第五位置,所述第三边包括第六位置,所述边框在所述第三位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,在所述第四位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,在所述第五位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙,且在所述第六位置与所述地板耦合或开设绝缘缝隙;The first side or the second side includes a third position, the second side includes a fourth position, the first side or the third side includes a fifth position, the third side includes a sixth position, the frame is coupled with the floor or has an insulating gap at the third position, is coupled with the floor or has an insulating gap at the fourth position, is coupled with the floor or has an insulating gap at the fifth position, and is coupled with the floor or has an insulating gap at the sixth position; 天线,所述天线包括:An antenna, comprising: 辐射体、第一寄生枝节和第二寄生枝节,所述辐射体包括所述边框在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间的导电部分,所述第一寄生枝节包括所述边框在所述第三位置和所述第四位置之间的导电部分,所述第二寄生枝节包括所述边框在所述第五位置和所述第六位置之间的导电部分,所述辐射体的至少部分、所述第一寄生枝节的至少部分、所述第二寄生枝节的至少部分与所述地板间隔设置;a radiator, a first parasitic branch, and a second parasitic branch, wherein the radiator includes a conductive portion of the frame between the first position and the second position, the first parasitic branch includes a conductive portion of the frame between the third position and the fourth position, the second parasitic branch includes a conductive portion of the frame between the fifth position and the sixth position, and at least a portion of the radiator, at least a portion of the first parasitic branch, and at least a portion of the second parasitic branch are spaced from the floor; 馈电电路,所述辐射体包括馈电点,所述馈电电路与所述馈电点耦合;A feeding circuit, the radiator comprising a feeding point, the feeding circuit being coupled to the feeding point; 第一开关支路、第二开关支路和第一开关,所述第一寄生枝节包括第一连接点,所述第一开关支路和所述第一开关耦合连接于所述第一连接点和所述地板之间,所述第一开关的第一连接端口与所述第一开关支路耦合,所述第一开关的第二连接端口与所述第二开关支路耦合;A first switch branch, a second switch branch and a first switch, the first parasitic branch includes a first connection point, the first switch branch and the first switch are coupled and connected between the first connection point and the floor, a first connection port of the first switch is coupled to the first switch branch, and a second connection port of the first switch is coupled to the second switch branch; 第三开关支路、第四开关支路和第二开关,所述第二寄生枝节包括第二连接点,所述第二开关支路和所述第二开关耦合连接于所述第二连接点和所述地板之间,所述第二开关的第一连接端口与所述第二开关支路耦合,所述第二开关的第二连接端口与所述第四开关支路耦合;a third switch branch, a fourth switch branch, and a second switch, the second parasitic branch includes a second connection point, the second switch branch and the second switch are coupled and connected between the second connection point and the floor, a first connection port of the second switch is coupled to the second switch branch, and a second connection port of the second switch is coupled to the fourth switch branch; 其中,基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第一谐振;Wherein, based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the radiator is used to generate a first resonance; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第二谐振;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the radiator is used to generate a second resonance; 其中,所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括第一频段,所述第一频段为卫星通信频段中的发射频段,或者;The resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include a first frequency band, and the first frequency band is a transmission frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band, or; 所述第一谐振的谐振频段和所述第二谐振的谐振频段包括所述第二频段,所述第二频段为卫星通信频段中的接收频段。The resonant frequency band of the first resonance and the resonant frequency band of the second resonance include the second frequency band, and the second frequency band is a receiving frequency band in a satellite communication frequency band. 根据权利要求18所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 18, characterized in that 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第一方向图,所述第一方向图的最大辐射体方向为第一方向;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the antenna is used to generate a first directional pattern, and the maximum radiator direction of the first directional pattern is a first direction; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线用于产生第二方向图,所述第二方向图的最大辐射体方向为第二方向,所述第一方向和所述第二方向不同。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna is used to generate a second radiation pattern, the maximum radiator direction of the second radiation pattern is a second direction, and the first direction and the second direction are different. 根据权利要求19所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一方向和所述第二方向之间所呈角度大于或等于10°,且小于或等于90°。The electronic device according to claim 19, characterized in that an angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than or equal to 10° and less than or equal to 90°. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述辐射体上的电流和所述第一寄生枝节上的电流同向;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the current on the radiator and the current on the first parasitic branch are in the same direction; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体上的电流和所述第二寄生枝节上的电流同向。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the current on the radiator and the current on the second parasitic branch have the same direction. 根据权利要求18至21中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 21, characterized in that: 所述边框在所述第一位置、所述第二位置、所述第四位置和所述第六位置分别具有第一绝缘缝隙、第二绝缘缝隙、第三绝缘缝隙和第四绝缘缝隙,所述边框在所述第三位置和所述第五位置与所述地板耦合。The frame has a first insulating gap, a second insulating gap, a third insulating gap and a fourth insulating gap at the first position, the second position, the fourth position and the sixth position, respectively, and the frame is coupled with the floor at the third position and the fifth position. 根据权利要求22所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 22, characterized in that 所述第三位置位于所述第四位置和所述第二位置之间,所述第五位置位于所述第六位置和第一位置之间。The third position is located between the fourth position and the second position, and the fifth position is located between the sixth position and the first position. 根据权利要求18至23中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 23, characterized in that: 所述天线还包括:第五开关支路、第六开关支路和第三开关;The antenna further comprises: a fifth switch branch, a sixth switch branch and a third switch; 其中,所述辐射体包括第三连接点,所述第五开关支路、所述第六开关支路和所述第三开关耦合连接于所述第三连接点和所述地板之间,所述第三开关的第一连接端口与所述第五开关支路耦合,所述第三开关的第二连接端口与所述第六开关支路耦合;The radiator includes a third connection point, the fifth switch branch, the sixth switch branch and the third switch are coupled and connected between the third connection point and the floor, the first connection port of the third switch is coupled with the fifth switch branch, and the second connection port of the third switch is coupled with the sixth switch branch; 所述馈电点和所述第三连接点分别位于所述辐射体的虚拟轴线的两侧,所述虚拟轴线两侧的辐射体长度相同;The feeding point and the third connection point are respectively located on two sides of a virtual axis of the radiator, and the lengths of the radiators on both sides of the virtual axis are the same; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第五开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生所述第一谐振;Based on the first connection point being coupled to the first switch branch, the second connection point being coupled to the fourth branch, and the third connection point being coupled to the fifth switch branch, the radiator is used to generate the first resonance; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第六开关支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生所述第二谐振。Based on the first connection point being coupled with the second switch branch, the second connection point being coupled with the third branch, and the third connection point being coupled with the sixth switch branch, the radiator is configured to generate the second resonance. 根据权利要求24所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 24, characterized in that 基于所述第五开关支路、所述第六开关支路呈容性时,所述第五开关支路的等效电容值小于所述第六开关支路的等效电容值,或,When the fifth switch branch and the sixth switch branch are capacitive, the equivalent capacitance value of the fifth switch branch is smaller than the equivalent capacitance value of the sixth switch branch, or, 基于所述第五开关支路、所述第六开关支路呈感性时,所述第五开关支路的等效电感值小于所述第六开关支路的等效电感值,或,When the fifth switch branch and the sixth switch branch are inductive, the equivalent inductance of the fifth switch branch is smaller than the equivalent inductance of the sixth switch branch, or, 所述第五开关支路可以呈容性,所述第六开关支路可以呈感性。The fifth switch branch may be capacitive, and the sixth switch branch may be inductive. 根据权利要求24或25所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that: 所述第三连接点位于所述虚拟轴线的第一侧,所述馈电点位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧;The third connection point is located on a first side of the virtual axis, and the feeding point is located on a second side of the virtual axis; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第五开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流大于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流,所述第一寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧,所述第二寄生枝节位于所述虚拟轴线的第一侧;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch, the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, and the coupling of the third connection point with the fifth switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is greater than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis, the first parasitic branch is located on the second side of the virtual axis, and the second parasitic branch is located on the first side of the virtual axis; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合、所述第三连接点与所述第六开关支路耦合,所述虚拟轴线的第一侧的地板上的电流小于所述虚拟轴线的第二侧的地板上的电流。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch, the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, and the coupling of the third connection point with the sixth switch branch, the current on the floor on the first side of the virtual axis is smaller than the current on the floor on the second side of the virtual axis. 根据权利要求18至26中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 26, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第一主谐振,所述第一寄生枝节用于产生第一寄生谐振,所述第一寄生谐振位于所述第一主谐振的谐振频段内,所述第一主谐振和所述第一寄生谐振共同形成所述第一谐振;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the radiator is used to generate a first main resonance, the first parasitic branch is used to generate a first parasitic resonance, the first parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the first main resonance, and the first main resonance and the first parasitic resonance jointly form the first resonance; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述辐射体用于产生第二主谐振,所述第二寄生枝节用于产生第二寄生谐振,所述第二寄生谐振位于所述第二主谐振的谐振频段内,所述第二主谐振和所述第二寄生谐振共同形成所述第二谐振。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the radiator is used to generate a second main resonance, the second parasitic branch is used to generate a second parasitic resonance, the second parasitic resonance is located within the resonance frequency band of the second main resonance, and the second main resonance and the second parasitic resonance jointly form the second resonance. 根据权利要求18至27中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 27, characterized in that: 基于所述第一连接点与所述第一开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第四支路耦合,所述天线在第一频点产生效率凹坑,所述第一谐振的谐振点频率和所述第一频点频率之间的频差小于或等于100MHz;Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the first switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the fourth branch, the antenna generates an efficiency pit at a first frequency point, and a frequency difference between a resonance point frequency of the first resonance and a frequency of the first frequency point is less than or equal to 100 MHz; 基于所述第一连接点与所述第二开关支路耦合、所述第二连接点与所述第三支路耦合,所述天线在第二频点产生效率凹坑,所述第二谐振的谐振点频率和所述第二频点频率之间的频差小于或等于100MHz。Based on the coupling of the first connection point with the second switch branch and the coupling of the second connection point with the third branch, the antenna produces an efficiency pit at the second frequency point, and the frequency difference between the resonant point frequency of the second resonance and the second frequency point frequency is less than or equal to 100 MHz. 根据权利要求18至28中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz中的范围内,或者,所述第二频段在1.5GHz至4.5GHz中的范围内。The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 28, characterized in that the first frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz, or the second frequency band is in the range of 1.5 GHz to 4.5 GHz. 根据权利要求18至29中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述馈电电路用于传输所述第一频段的射频信号和所述第二频段的射频信号。The electronic device according to any one of claims 18 to 29, characterized in that the feeding circuit is used to transmit the radio frequency signal of the first frequency band and the radio frequency signal of the second frequency band.
PCT/CN2024/137160 2023-12-27 2024-12-05 Electronic device Pending WO2025139682A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
RU2023135528 2023-12-27
RU2023135528 2023-12-27
RU2024102459 2024-01-31
RU2024102459 2024-01-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025139682A1 true WO2025139682A1 (en) 2025-07-03

Family

ID=96216705

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/137160 Pending WO2025139682A1 (en) 2023-12-27 2024-12-05 Electronic device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025139682A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106450662A (en) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-22 三星电子株式会社 Electronic device
CN108713277A (en) * 2017-03-20 2018-10-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of antenna and mobile terminal of mobile terminal
US20200028241A1 (en) * 2016-09-19 2020-01-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device comprising antenna
CN111403894A (en) * 2020-03-27 2020-07-10 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Metal frame antenna device and mobile terminal
CN114628884A (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Antenna module and electronic equipment
CN117810677A (en) * 2023-04-28 2024-04-02 华为技术有限公司 an electronic device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106450662A (en) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-22 三星电子株式会社 Electronic device
US20200028241A1 (en) * 2016-09-19 2020-01-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device comprising antenna
CN108713277A (en) * 2017-03-20 2018-10-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of antenna and mobile terminal of mobile terminal
CN111403894A (en) * 2020-03-27 2020-07-10 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Metal frame antenna device and mobile terminal
CN114628884A (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Antenna module and electronic equipment
CN117810677A (en) * 2023-04-28 2024-04-02 华为技术有限公司 an electronic device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2024152918A1 (en) Electronic device
EP4528925A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2024183690A1 (en) Antenna structure and electronic device
CN118232005B (en) Foldable electronic device
CN119181958A (en) Foldable electronic equipment
WO2025139682A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025201318A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025139933A1 (en) Foldable electronic device
CN120223148B (en) Electronic equipment
WO2025162004A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025139942A1 (en) Foldable electronic device
WO2025180320A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025044936A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025118998A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025026088A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025162006A1 (en) Foldable electronic device
WO2025228143A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025195324A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025045205A1 (en) Antenna structure and electronic device therefor
WO2025256431A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025153032A1 (en) Camera decoration assembly and electronic device
WO2025066981A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2024179404A1 (en) Antenna structure and electronic device
WO2025228142A1 (en) Electronic device
WO2025124105A1 (en) Electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24910614

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1